+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at...

Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at...

Date post: 09-Jun-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 1 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
211
Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure affect temperate, subtidal reef communities at Marmion Marine Park, Western Australia by Kylie A. Ryan This thesis is presented for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at the University of Western Australia School of Plant Biology 2008
Transcript
Page 1: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure

affect temperate, subtidal reef communities at Marmion

Marine Park, Western Australia

by

Kylie A. Ryan

This thesis is presented for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy

at the

University of Western Australia

School of Plant Biology

2008

Page 2: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The
Page 3: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

i

ABSTRACT

The ecological effects of marine protected areas (MPAs) in temperate ecosystems are

poorly understood relative to their tropical counterparts. The limited number of

rigorous empirical studies supporting existing theoretical models, increasing public

awareness of the importance of marine conservation strategies and legislative

requirements to review management effectiveness provide further impetus to study

temperate MPAs. Investigations should consider confounding effects of natural

variability if MPA effects are to be clearly demonstrated. This research helps to address

these needs by investigating the short term effects of sanctuary zones (no-take MPAs

where fishing is prohibited) and wave exposure at Marmion Marine Park, Western

Australia.

The three sanctuary zones at Marmion Marine Park are extremely small (0.061 – 0.279

km2) compared to most reported in the literature. The sanctuary zones are nested within

a larger, fished zone (94.95 km2). The sanctuary zones have been protected from

fishing since the year 2000. A post-hoc, asymmetrical sampling design was used in this

study and involved surveys of fishes, mobile invertebrates and macroalgae at one

sanctuary zone and two fished sites (controls) at each of three successive, subtidal reef

lines. The three reef lines are exposed to a gradient in wave energy.

The size structure and abundance of the heavily exploited Panulirus cygnus (Western

Rock Lobster) were positively affected by protection from fishing in sanctuary zones,

despite the highly mobile nature of this migratory species. The mean abundance of

legal size lobsters was higher in sanctuary zones compared to fished sites during an

interannual study (2003, 2005 and 2006). The total abundance of lobsters and the mean

Page 4: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

ii

abundance of legal size lobsters were higher at inshore and offshore sanctuary zones

compared to fished control sites during a 2005/2006 fishing season study. These zoning

effects did not vary with the time of survey. Large (> 97 mm), sexually mature lobsters

were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was

observed in the fished area.

The abundance of non-targeted, benthic invertebrates was also affected by MPA zoning.

An investigation in 2003 detected significant differences between invertebrate

assemblages at sanctuary zones and fished sites. Results from an interannual study

(2003, 2005 and 2006) supported the original study findings and indicated that

invertebrate assemblages had a significantly different structure and higher diversity at

sanctuary zones compared to fished sites. Some of the key invertebrate species that

characterised assemblage differences were consistent in their response to zoning among

years, including a strong association of urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma with fished

sites and holothurians Stichopus spp. with sanctuaries. At the species level, effects of

zoning were observed for several taxa, but were confounded by interactions with wave

exposure or interannual variability.

Baited remote underwater stereo-video (BRUV) and diver operated stereo-video (DOV)

transects were used to investigate zoning effects on fish abundance and length. Stereo-

video obtains accurate and precise measures of fish length, with significantly less

measurement error and greater statistical power than size estimates made by SCUBA

divers. Fish assemblages at sanctuary zones had different abundance and size structures

and lower diversity compared to fished sites. An important driver of effects on size

structure was Coris auricularis (Western King Wrasse), a low edibility species that

fishers have recently begun to target in the Park. The mean length of C. auricularis was

Page 5: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

iii

significantly greater in sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Traditionally targeted fish

species were recorded in very low abundances and occurred too infrequently for

meaningful tests of zoning effects. Large, predatory fish species were virtually absent,

despite anecdotal reports that they were once abundant in the Park.

There was a marginally significant difference between macroalgal assemblage structure

at sanctuary zones and fished sites. Assemblage structure at sanctuary zones was

characterised by relatively palatable species Sargassum (subgenus Sargassum), Hypnea

spp., Lobospira bicuspidata and Botryocladia sonderi. In contrast, the leathery

Ecklonia radiata and the cartilaginous Pterocladia lucida appear to be more resistant to

invertebrate and fish grazing and characterised fished sites.

Exposure to wave energy was also shown to influence subtidal reef communities.

Invertebrates, fishes and macroalgae abundance varied across the wave exposure

gradient at both assemblage and species levels. Many species that characterised

offshore sites appeared to have morphologies adapted to high wave energy, including

invertebrates and fishes with tough outer shells or small body size, fishes with high

pectoral fin aspect ratios and macroalgae with thick, coarse, flattened, calcified or

cartilaginous morphologies. In contrast, some species that characterised inshore sites

had delicate morphologies or low pectoral fin aspect ratios. Invertebrate assemblage

variability and diversity were highest at the most exposed sites. Wave exposure

affected the size structure of fish assemblages, where a smaller percentage of the

assemblage appeared in larger size categories at offshore sites compared to inshore and

midshore sites.

Page 6: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

iv

This study clearly demonstrated effects of protection from fishing in sanctuary zones.

Positive effects of protection from fishing were observed for targeted species Panulirus

cygnus and Coris auricularis. Other effects on invertebrate, fish and macroalgal

assemblage structure may be largely driven by indirect effects of protection from

fishing, and process orientated research is required to better interpret these trends.

Despite these observations, several limitations of the zoning scheme were observed.

The extremely small size of the sanctuary zones and their lack of replication within

wave exposure levels limited the statistical power of tests to detect effects. Some

observations indicated sanctuary zones may provide lobsters with only a temporary

refuge from exploitation, probably due to emigration beyond reserve boundaries.

Although zoning effects on legal size lobsters were upheld in time, there was no

evidence for a build up in the abundance or proportion of legal size lobsters in sanctuary

zones over consecutive years. Furthermore, the abundance of large lobsters in sanctuary

zones decreased with the duration of the 2005/2006 fishing season. Similarly, it is

likely that sanctuary zones are too small relative to the movement of fishes to

adequately protect stocks of some targeted species. The small sanctuary zones at

Marmion are unlikely to offer protection to highly mobile species over the long term.

And finally, ecological assemblages within each level of wave exposure are distinct.

Consequently for each assemblage type, the current reserve design does not include

replication of sanctuary zones and does not offer any ‘insurance’ in the event of isolated

impacts affecting a particular zone.

This study has identified the benefits and deficiencies of the design and function of

small no-take temperate MPAs in Western Australia. An increase in the size and

number of sanctuary zones within each wave exposure level will help to address the

Page 7: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

v

shortfalls of the zoning scheme and enhance the conservation benefits of management at

Marmion Marine Park. More generally, this study demonstrates that the mobility of the

species to be protected from fishing should be considered when designing MPAs.

Lessons learned from this work will be beneficial for the future management and

conservation of resources in the region and elsewhere.

Page 8: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

vi

Declaration

This thesis is entirely my own work, except where explicitly stated.

Kylie A. Ryan

Page 9: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABSTRACT i

Declaration vi

Table of Contents vii

Acknowledgments x

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION 1

Research Objectives 2

Effects of No-Take Marine Protected Areas on Temperate, Subtidal Reef Communities 3

Effects of Wave Exposure on Temperate, Subtidal Reef Communities 4

Marmion Marine Park 5

Hypothesis and Thesis Structure 9

CHAPTER 2 SMALL, NO-TAKE MARINE PROTECTED AREAS AND WAVE EXPOSURE AFFECT TEMPERATE, SUBTIDAL REEF ASSEMBLAGES IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA I. WESTERN ROCK LOBSTER (PANULIRUS CYGNUS) AND OTHER MOBILE, BENTHIC INVERTEBRATES 13

ABSTRACT 14

INTRODUCTION 15

METHODS 18 Study area 18 Sampling design 19 Sampling methods 20 Statistical analyses 21

Multivariate analyses 21 Univariate analyses 23

RESULTS 25 MPA zoning 25 Wave exposure 31 Rugosity and depth 35

DISCUSSION 35

CHAPTER 3 SMALL, NO-TAKE MARINE PROTECTED AREAS AND WAVE EXPOSURE AFFECT TEMPERATE, SUBTIDAL REEF ASSEMBLAGES IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA II. FISH ABUNDANCE AND SIZE 43

Page 10: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

viii

ABSTRACT 44

INTRODUCTION 45

METHODS 48 Sampling methods 48

Baited remote underwater stereo-video 48 Diver operated stereo-video 49 Rugosity and depth 50

Statistical analyses 50 Multivariate analyses 50 Univariate analyses 52

RESULTS 54 MPA zoning 54

Abundance 54 Size structure of targeted fishes 59 Size structure of non- targeted fishes 62

Wave exposure 63 Abundance 63 Size structure 65

Rugosity and depth 67

DISCUSSION 68

CHAPTER 4 SMALL, NO-TAKE MARINE PROTECTED AREAS AND WAVE EXPOSURE AFFECT TEMPERATE, SUBTIDAL REEF ASSEMBLAGES IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA III. MACROALGAE 79

ABSTRACT 80

INTRODUCTION 81

METHODS 84 Sampling methods 84 Statistical analyses 85

Multivariate analyses 85 Univariate analyses 87

RESULTS 88 MPA zoning 88 Wave exposure 94 Rugosity and depth 96

DISCUSSION 98

CHAPTER 5 EFFECTS OF SMALL, NO-TAKE MARINE PROTECTED AREAS ON THE WESTERN ROCK LOBSTER PANULIRUS CYGNUS PERSIST THROUGH TIME 105

ABSTRACT 106

INTRODUCTION 107

Page 11: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

ix

METHODS 110 Sampling design 110 Sampling methods 111 Statistical analyses 112

Multivariate analyses 112 Univariate analyses 114

RESULTS 115 Size structure 115 Total abundance 121 Legal size lobsters 121 Sub-legal lobsters 126

DISCUSSION 127

CHAPTER 6 THE GENERALITY OF MARINE PROTECTED AREA EFFECTS ON NON-TARGETED MOBILE, BENTHIC INVERTEBRATES 133

ABSTRACT 134

INTRODUCTION 135

METHODS 137 Study area and sampling design 137 Sampling methods 137 Statistical analyses 138

Multivariate analyses 138 Univariate analyses 139

RESULTS 140 Multivariate analyses 140 Univariate analyses 143

DISCUSSION 149

CHAPTER 7 GENERAL DISCUSSION 157

Major Findings 158

Management Recommendations 161

Conclusion 169

REFERENCES 171 APPENDIX A List of surveyed invertebrates species, Chapter 2 & 6 191 APPENDIX B Fish species surveyed by diver operated stereo-video, Chapter 3 192 APPENDIX C Fish species surveyed by baited remote underwater stereo-video,

Chapter 3 194 APPENDIX D List of surveyed macroalgae species, Chapter 4 196

Page 12: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

x

Acknowledgements

First and foremost, sincere thanks to my supervisor Gary Kendrick for his support,

wisdom and encouragement during this study. The contributions of my committee

members Euan Harvey, Di Walker, and Jessica Meeuwig are also gratefully

acknowledged. Particular thanks to Euan for acting as my supervisor when Gary was

away on sabbatical, and for his enthusiasm throughout this study.

The funding assistance of The University of Western Australia and the Department of

Environment and Conservation is gratefully acknowledged. In particular, the support

and encouragement of Paul Brown, Lyndon Mutter, Chris Simpson and Alan Byrne are

very much appreciated.

Thank-you to the PhD students in Annexe 2 for the many interesting discussions of

philosophy. Special thanks to my office buddy Renee Hovey, and to Di Watson for

tolerating my persistent ramblings about asymmetrical designs.

Thanks to Marti Anderson for statistical advice and to Russ Babcock for comments on

the proposed research design for the 2003 surveys. Information provided by the

Department of Fisheries, in particular Neil Sumner and Roy Melville-Smith, is

gratefully acknowledged. The contributions of Caine DeLacy, Dave Gull and Ben

Saunders to the analysis of video images are very much appreciated. Helpful advice

was provided by Nisse Goldberg and Di Walker for algae identifications and Anne

Brearley, Jane Fromont and Loisette Marsh for invertebrate identifications. Sincere

thanks for the constructive comments of Anne Brearley, Tim Langlois, Russell Cole,

Ben Toohey and Di Walker on draft manuscripts.

Page 13: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

xi

This study was possible because of the assistance of a wonderful group of field staff and

volunteers. Thanks go to Dave Abdo, James Butler, Kylie Cook, Judy Davidson,

Shawn DeBono, Caine DeLacy, Tim Emmott, Kate Fitzgerald, Pauline Goodreid, Tim

Grubba, Dave Gull, Brooke Halkyard, Neil Hollins, Matt Kleczkowski, Chris Mather,

Pam Parker, Kath Ryan, Tony Ryan, Mandy Schell, John Snowden, Marissa Speirs and

John Statton.

And finally, this study would not have been possible without the support of family and

friends. Special thanks to Mum and Dad, particularly for helping out with the field

work. Despite many hours on the boat as watchman, Dad only occasionally complained

about not being allowed to fish in the sanctuary zones to help pass the time! Dad,

thank-you for introducing me to the wonders of the sea, and for teaching me the value

of hard work. To Neil, my wonderful husband, thank-you for sacrificing your much

deserved holidays for many cold, long hours underwater counting crayfish. Your love,

unfailing support and belief in me kept me going right to the end.

Page 14: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

xii

Page 15: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

1

CHAPTER 1

General Introduction

Page 16: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

2

RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

No-take marine protected areas are areas of the ocean which are completely protected

from extractive activities (hereafter, simply ‘MPAs’). MPAs provide benefits to marine

conservation. The most frequently reported evidence for such benefits is the higher

abundance and size of targeted (fished) species in MPAs compared to fished sites (e.g.

Wantiez et al., 1997; Babcock et al., 1999; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; McClanahan and

Arthur, 2001; Willis et al., 2003a). MPAs may also provide scientific control sites for

investigating ecosystem form and function, maintain or restore natural ecosystem

functioning, conserve biodiversity and protect habitat (Bohnsack, 1998). Meta-analyses

of empirical studies have proved useful to demonstrate the generality of conservation

benefits (Mosquera et al., 2000; Cote et al., 2001; Halpern and Warner, 2002; Halpern,

2003; Micheli et al., 2004). MPAs may also contribute to fisheries management by

acting as subsidies to exploited populations via emigration of juveniles and adults or via

egg production. The empirical evidence for such fisheries management benefits is

relatively limited, but increasing (reviewed in Dugan and Davis, 1993; Roberts and

Polunin, 1993; Rowley, 1994; Gell and Roberts, 2003; Lubchenco et al., 2003).

There is a need for further MPA research, despite the abundance of published literature

which began in the 1980s when the first investigations took place. There is still much

about the ecological effects of MPAs in temperate ecosystems that remain unknown,

including both the direct effects of protection on targeted species and indirect effects on

non-targeted species (for example, due to predation and grazing by targeted species).

Further impetus for studies of the ecological effects of MPAs is provided by the lack of

rigorous empirical science supporting theoretical models (Bohnsack, 1998; Willis et al.,

2003b; Sale et al., 2005), increasing public awareness of the importance of marine

Page 17: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

3

conservation strategies and legislative requirements to review marine management

effectiveness.

The primary objective of this study is to investigate the effects of MPAs on temperate,

subtidal reef communities (invertebrates, fishes and macroalgae) at Marmion Marine

Park, Western Australia. Studies of MPA effects may be confounded by natural

variability due to wave exposure (Friedlander et al., 2003; Micheli et al., 2005). There

is some evidence to suggest an influence of wave exposure on the structure of

macroalgae at Marmion Marine Park (Phillips et al.,1997; Kendrick et al., 1999).

Consequently, a secondary objective of this study is to investigate the effects of wave

exposure on temperate reef communities at Marmion Marine Park. Temperate

communities in Western Australia are generally characterised by a high level of

endemism (Bolton, 1994; Hutchins, 1994; Fox and Beckley, 2005) and high α and β

diversity. However, little is known about the structure and function of subtidal reef

communities at Marmion Marine Park. Stereo-video technology and the statistical

techniques of permutational ANOVA and Canonical Analysis of Principal Coordinates

are novel approaches used to investigate some of the hypotheses of interest.

EFFECTS OF NO-TAKE MARINE PROTECTED AREAS ON TEMPERATE,

SUBTIDAL REEF COMMUNITIES

Previous MPA research in temperate ecosystems has demonstrated that protection from

fishing has a positive effect on targeted species. Increases in the abundance and size of

mobile invertebrates (Castilla and Duran, 1985; Babcock et al., 1999; Edgar and Barrett,

1999; Murawski et al., 2000; Tuya et al., 2000) and fishes (Bell, 1983; Francour, 1994;

Babcock et al., 1999; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Davidson, 2001; Garcia-Charton et al.,

2004; Willis and Anderson, 2003; Claudet et al., 2006) have been observed.

Page 18: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

4

Temperate MPAs also affect non-targeted species, although the nature and direction of

the observed effects are more variable. Increases in abundance have been observed on

non-targeted invertebrates (Rogers-Bennett and Pearse, 2001; Shears and Babcock,

2003) and fishes (Mosquera et al., 2000). In contrast, decreases in abundance or

bimodal effects of MPAs have also been observed on non-targeted invertebrates

(Castilla and Duran, 1985; Hereu et al., 2005) and fishes (Willis and Anderson, 2003).

Trophic cascades have been implicated in driving higher (Babcock et al., 1999; Shears

and Babcock, 2003; Parsons et al., 2004; Guidetti, 2006) and lower (Fraschetti et al.,

2005; Guidetti, 2006) cover of macroalgae between MPAs and fished sites.

In contrast, some researchers have found no evidence for MPA effects on invertebrates

(Cole et al., 1990; Tegner, 1993; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Kelly et al., 2000; Mayfield

et al., 2005), fishes (Mosquera et al., 2000; Williamson et al., 2004) and macroalgae

(Benedetti-Cecchi et al., 2003; Micheli et al., 2005). These results have been attributed

to a variety of reasons including inadequate reserve size, unsuitable habitat, inadequate

brood stock and inappropriate research design.

EFFECTS OF WAVE EXPOSURE ON TEMPERATE, SUBTIDAL REEF

COMMUNITIES

The importance of wave exposure in structuring temperate reef communities has been

demonstrated. There is a relatively large body of research that has investigated effects

of wave exposure on macroalgal assemblages in south-western and southern Australia

(Shepherd and Womersley, 1970; Hatcher, 1989; Phillips et al., 1997; Collings and

Cheshire, 1998; Kendrick et al., 1999; Goldberg and Kendrick, 2004) and other parts of

the world (Schiel et al., 1995; Graham et al., 1997; Leliaert et al., 2000; Diez et al.,

Page 19: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

5

2003; Micheli et al., 2005; Tuya and Haroun, 2006). An effect of wave exposure on

fish assemblages has also been observed (Fulton and Bellwood, 2004; Denny, 2005).

Patterns of subtidal zonation of invertebrates in temperate reef environments have been

described (Peres, 1967; Choat and Schiel, 1982; Underwood et al., 1991), however less

is known about the importance of mechanisms such as wave exposure in producing

these patterns. More is known about the influence of wave induced stress on

invertebrate distribution, diversity, community structure and biomass in intertidal

environments (Dayton, 1971; Menge, 1976; Shanks and Wright, 1986; Mead and

Denny, 1995; Bustamente and Branch, 1996).

MARMION MARINE PARK

Marmion Marine Park lies within south-western Australia's temperate waters between

Trigg Island and Burns Rocks (31°48’S, 115°43’E, Fig.1.1). The Park was declared in

1987 to protect the area’s conservation, recreation, education and commercial values.

The Park extends from high water mark to approximately 5.5 km offshore and covers an

area of 94.95 km2. Prominent, shore-parallel limestone ridges form an extensive system

of reefs and islands separated by sandy depressions in 3 – 10 m depth (Searle and

Semeniuk, 1985). Weathering of the subtidal reef systems has formed rugose reefs of

variable height and structures including caves, overhangs, solution pipes and platforms.

The reef systems are separated by areas of low relief (less than one metre height) reef

flats, sand and seagrass habitats.

The fauna and flora in the Park includes predominantly temperate species. Some

tropical species can be found due to influence of the warm, poleward flowing Leeuwin

Current (Maxwell and Cresswell, 1981; Pearce and Walker (eds), 1991; Hutchins and

Pearce, 1994). Hatcher (1989) described a sessile invertebrate assemblage dominated

Page 20: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

6

Figure 1.1 Marmion Marine Park, Western Australia. The location of the sanctuary zone and two

fished (control) sites (solid black circles) within each of the three wave exposure levels are shown.

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone control sites are: Cow Rocks (1) and Wanneroo Reef (2), The Lumps

sanctuary zone control sites are: Whitford Rock (3) and Burns Rocks (4), and Little Island

sanctuary zone control sites are: South Little (5) and North Little (6). Nomenclature is derived

from nautical charts except for the latter two sites.

Page 21: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

7

by encrusting sponges, corals, gorgonians, bryozoans and ascidians. Little is known

about the mobile components of the invertebrate fauna. Fish assemblage structure and

variability have not been investigated. However, over 100 species of reef fishes have

been described for the greater Perth metropolitan region, where the most abundant

fishes include representatives of the families Kyphosidae (sea chubs), Labridae

(wrasses) and Pomacentridae (damselfishes; Hutchins, 2001). Kelp forests dominated

by a low prostrate canopy of the small kelp Ecklonia radiata and an understorey of

mostly red algae form habitat on subtidal reefs (Phillips et al., 1997; Kendrick et al.,

1999; Wernberg et al., 2005).

In 2000, three MPAs referred to as sanctuary zones (i.e. where fishing is prohibited)

were implemented within the Park. These sanctuary zones are called ‘Boyinaboat’

(0.07 km2), ‘The Lumps’ (0.28 km2), and ‘Little Island’ (0.06 km2). Collectively, the

sanctuaries comprise 0.42 km2, or 0.44% of the total Park area. The sanctuaries are

nested within a larger fished zone, where recreational fishermen are permitted to take

bony and cartilaginous fish species, Panulirus cygnus (Western Rock Lobster), Haliotis

roei (Roe’s Abalone), cephalopods and Portunus pelagicus (Blue Swimmer Crab). P.

cygnus and H. roei are also targeted by commercial fishermen. All other marine life is

protected within the fished zone.

The three sanctuary zones lie on separate reef systems (Figure 1.2), and studies of the

local oceanography suggest each sanctuary is exposed to different levels of wave

energy. The Park is exposed to west and south-west oceanic swells year round, and

locally-generated wind waves are an important influence inshore and during storm

events (Searle and Semeniuk, 1985; Pattiaratchi et al., 1997; Masselink and Pattiaratchi,

Page 22: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

8

2001). Wave energy is refracted and dampened as it approaches successive reefs,

producing a gradient of physical disturbance ranging from highly exposed reefs

Figure 1.2 Orthophoto of Marmion Marine Park showing the separate reef systems of each

sanctuary zone. An image was not available for the white boxed inset. Studies suggest each

sanctuary zone is exposed to a different level of wave energy

offshore, near Little Island sanctuary zone, to more sheltered reefs inshore, near

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone (Phillips et al., 1997). Stul (2005) applied modeling and

field validation techniques that suggest The Lumps sanctuary zone is characterised by

higher wave energy compared to Boyinaboat sanctuary zone. The wave direction at The

Lumps sanctuary zone has a relatively high southerly component compared to the more

westerly component at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone, due to increased sheltering from the

wave shadow effect of Rottnest Island (south-southwest of the Park) with distance south

(Stul, 2005). Furthermore, a gap in the offshore reef system allows relatively large

waves in the vicinity of The Lumps (Stul, 2005). A decrease in incident wave heights

N

0 0.5 km

Page 23: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

9

with distance south due to an increase in the protection by reefs, ridges and islands has

been observed along more southerly sections of the Perth metropolitan coast (Masselink

and Pattiaratchi, 2001).

HYPOTHESIS AND THESIS STRUCTURE

This research will investigate the influence of MPAs and wave exposure on the

structure and variability of the temperate reef communities at Marmion Marine Park,

Western Australia. The response of these communities to protection from fishing is of

scientific and management interest and currently unknown.

This thesis is written in paper format and has seven chapters. This first chapter (Chapter

1) provides an outline of the theoretical background. Chapters 2 – 6 are data chapters

that have been prepared for scientific journals and have been written in a stand alone

format. Figures and tables have been placed within the text and the references have

been presented as a common list for the purpose of this thesis. Chapter 7 is the thesis

synthesis and includes recommendations for the future management of Marmion Marine

Park. All data, analyses and discussion are original and have been undertaken by me.

The assistance of volunteers with the field data collection is acknowledged.

Chapters 2 – 4 describe studies that were undertaken in 2003 to investigate the

ecological effects of MPAs and wave exposure at Marmion Marine Park. Chapter 2

investigates effects on the abundance of benthic, mobile invertebrates, including the

heavily exploited spiny lobster Panulirus cygnus. Chapter 3 investigates effects on fish

abundance and size structure. Chapter 4 investigates effects on the abundance of

macroalgae. A similar research design and timing of field work were used in each study

to allow interpretative correlations among the trends to be made. This is a holistic or

Page 24: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

10

ecosystem-based approach to research and management, compared to the single species

or functional taxa (e.g. fishes or invertebrates) approach used by most historical MPA

studies (e.g. Castilla and Duran, 1985; Willis et al., 2003a; Cox and Hunt, 2005). These

three chapters have been prepared for publication in series. Manuscripts will be co-

authored by Gary Kendrick and Euan Harvey who provided supervisory support and

input, and thus the chapters are written in plural.

Chapters 5 and 6 apply a more rigorous research design that involves temporal

replication to investigate the generality of observed MPA effects on invertebrates

(Chapter 2). The invertebrate assemblage was chosen for these investigations given

invertebrates showed a stronger initial response to protection from fishing (Chapter 2)

compared to fishes (Chapter 3) and macroalgae (Chapter 4). The critical evaluation of

Willis et al. (2003b) of the experimental designs employed by MPA studies published

from 1990 – 2001 showed that most designs were limited by a lack of replication in

space and time. Few examples were found of studies that had an appropriate level of

replication (e.g. Wantiez et al., 1997; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Willis et al., 2003a).

The requirement for temporal replication in environmental impact studies has also been

discussed (Stewart-Oaten et al., 1986; Underwood, 1992; Green, 1993; Underwood

1993; Glasby, 1997).

Specifically, Chapter 5 investigates the generality of MPA effects on the abundance and

size structure of Panulirus cygnus. Two separate studies investigating generality across

different scales of temporal sampling were undertaken: an interannual study from 2003

– 2006 and a fishing season study within the 2005/2006 fishing season. Spiny lobsters

are heavily exploited throughout the world and the response of these highly mobile

species to MPAs is of international interest (e.g. Babcock et al., 1999; Cox and Hunt,

Page 25: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

11

2005). Chapter 6 investigates the generality of MPA effects on the abundance of non-

targeted benthic, mobile invertebrates using interannual sampling from 2003 - 2006.

These two chapters have been prepared for publication as sole author papers.

The thesis synthesis is presented in Chapter 7. Major research findings are discussed.

These key findings form the basis for several recommendations for the future

management of Marmion Marine Park, including research priorities and improvements

to reserve design.

Page 26: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

12

Page 27: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

13

CHAPTER 2

Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave

exposure affect temperate, subtidal reef assemblages in

Western Australia I. Western rock lobster (Panulirus

cygnus) and other mobile, benthic invertebrates

Page 28: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

14

ABSTRACT

The effects of marine protected area (MPA) zoning and wave exposure on Panulirus

cygnus (Western Rock Lobster) and other mobile, benthic invertebrates were

investigated in Marmion Marine Park, Western Australia. The three sanctuary zones

(no-take MPAs where fishing is prohibited) within Marmion Marine Park are extremely

small (0.061 – 0.279 km2) compared to most reported in the literature. We used an

asymmetrical sampling design with surveys at one sanctuary zone and two fished sites

(controls) at each of three levels of wave exposure.

Protection from fishing in sanctuary zones significantly affected the abundance of

Panulirus cygnus, despite the highly mobile nature of this species. The total abundance

of P. cygnus and the mean abundance of legal size and sub-legal lobsters were

significantly higher in sanctuary zones compared to fished sites. Overall, legal-size

lobsters were four times more abundant in sanctuaries compared to fished sites. The

mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblage structure was also significantly different at

sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Assemblages at sanctuaries were characterised by

the holothurians Stichopus spp. and the gastropod Mitra chalybeia. Assemblages at

fished sites were characterised by hermit crabs (Paguridae), urchins Heliocidaris

erythrogramma and Holopneustes porosissimus, and seastars Plectaster decanus and

Patiriella spp. Little Island sanctuary zone had significantly less dominance (higher

diversity) than its fished control sites, apparently due to a high abundance of hermit

crabs at fished sites. Lobster predation is suggested to be a potential driver of the

observed trends.

Exposure to wave energy was shown to be a significant influence on the mobile, benthic

invertebrate assemblage structure. Inshore assemblages were characterised by the

Page 29: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

15

gastropod Thais orbita and the seastar Cenolia trichoptera. Midshore assemblages

were characterised by urchins Phyllacanthus irregularis and Heliocidaris

erythrogramma, seastars Petricia vermicina and Fromia polypora, and Stichopus spp.

Hermit crabs, the seastar Pentagonaster dubeni and the gastropod Turbo intercostalis

characterised offshore assemblages. At the species level, the mean abundance of

Pentagonaster dubeni, Petricia vermicina and Fromia polypora differed significantly

among wave exposures and Centrostephinus tenuispina, Stichopus spp., and Cenolia

trichoptera differed marginally. The trends observed in this study suggest

morphological susceptibility to wave energy is an important influence on the abundance

and distribution of mobile, benthic invertebrates at Marmion Marine Park.

KEYWORDS: Disturbance, Fishing, Hermit crab, Marine reserve, Multivariate

analysis, Urchin

INTRODUCTION

Research regarding marine protected areas (MPAs) in temperate ecosystems has shown

protection from fishing increases the abundance and size of targeted (fished)

invertebrates. Effects of MPAs have been observed on several lobster species (Babcock

et al., 1999; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Kelly et al., 2000; Davidson et al., 2002; Rowe,

2002; Iacchei et al., 2005) and other targeted invertebrates such as abalone (Edgar and

Barrett, 1999; Wallace, 1999), scallops (Murawski et al., 2000), the muricid

Concholepas concholepas (Castilla and Duran, 1985) and urchins (Tuya et al., 2000).

Page 30: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

16

Temperate MPAs also affect non-targeted invertebrates, although the nature and

direction of the observed effects are variable. Increases in abundance found by Rogers-

Bennett and Pearse (2001) and Shears and Babcock (2003) were attributed to changes in

habitat within reserves. Decreases in abundance or bimodal effects have been attributed

to an increase in predation (Shears and Babcock, 2002; Hereu et al., 2005; Langlois et

al., 2006; Pederson and Johnson, 2006) and competition (Castilla and Duran, 1985) or

changes to habitat (Shears and Babcock, 2003) within reserves. Conversely, some

researchers have found no differences in mobile, benthic invertebrates between

protected and fished areas (Tegner, 1993; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Mayfield et al.,

2005).

Marmion Marine Park lies within south-western Australia's temperate waters.

Enforcement of regulations to prohibit fishing in three small sanctuary zones (no-take

MPAs that are protected from fishing) totaling 0.42 km2 within the Park commenced in

the year 2000. Increasing public awareness of the importance of marine conservation

strategies and a legislative requirement to review the existing Management Plan for the

Park have provided impetus for this study of the short-term ecological effects of MPA

zoning on mobile, benthic invertebrates.

Of particular interest is the effect of MPA zoning on the heavily fished Panulirus

cygnus (Western Rock Lobster). The P. cygnus commercial fishery has been operating

in the Park area since the 1930s, when fishermen’s settlements were established

(Stewart, 1985). Today, the P. cygnus commercial fishery is one of Australia’s most

valuable single-species fishery, with an annual average catch of 11 400 t valued

between AU$250 - 350 million per annum (Anon, 2005). An increasing recreational

fishery co-exists with the commercial fishery, taking approximately 600 t yr-1 (Phillips

Page 31: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

17

and Melville-Smith, 2005). However, there is much about the ecology of this species

that remains unknown (Phillips, 2005), despite claims that the commercial fishery is one

of the best managed in the world (Anon, 2005). Most research has aimed to identify

sustainable levels for harvesting, with an emphasis on breeding stock (adult females),

puerulus (final larval phase) settlement, catch and fishing effort. It is unknown whether

protection from fishing in sanctuary zones is an effective management tool for this

species.

Natural processes may confound investigations of the effects of MPA zoning. The three

sanctuary zones in Marmion Marine Park lie on separate reef systems. Wave energy is

refracted and dampened as it approaches successive reefs, producing a gradient of

physical disturbance ranging from highly exposed, offshore reefs to more sheltered,

inshore reefs (Phillips et al., 1997). Variability in the local wave climate is also

influenced by the wave shadow effect of Rottnest Island (west of the Park) and gaps in

the offshore reef system (Stul, 2005). An influence of wave induced stress on

invertebrate distribution, diversity, community structure and biomass has been shown in

intertidal areas elsewhere (Dayton, 1971; Menge, 1976; Shanks and Wright, 1986;

Mead and Denny, 1995; Bustamente and Branch, 1996). Thus we considered that

exposure to wave energy was likely to be an important driver of invertebrate structure at

Marmion Marine Park.

The following questions were of primary interest in this mensurative study: 1) does

MPA zoning affect the abundance of Panulirus cygnus; 2) does MPA zoning affect the

structure, variability and diversity of other mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblages?

and 3) does wave exposure affect the structure, variability and diversity of mobile,

benthic invertebrate assemblages? To address these questions, we compared the

Page 32: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

18

structure, variability and diversity of mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblages and the

abundance of individual species at (1) sanctuary vs. fished zones, and (2) inshore vs.

midshore vs. offshore reefs. We also measured reef rugosity and depth as covariables to

investigate any potential relationships with the assemblages that may confound zoning

or wave exposure effects.

METHODS

Study area

Marmion Marine Park lies within south-western Australia's temperate waters (31°48’S,

115°43’E, Fig.1.1). Prominent, shore-parallel limestone ridges form an extensive

system of reefs and islands separated by sandy depressions in 3 – 10 m depth (Searle

and Semeniuk, 1985). The Park is exposed to west and south-west oceanic swells year

round, and locally-generated wind waves are an important influence inshore and during

storm events (Searle and Semeniuk, 1985; Pattiaratchi et al., 1997; Masselink and

Pattiaratchi, 2001). Weathering of the subtidal reef systems has formed rugose reefs of

variable height and structures including caves, overhangs, solution pipes and platforms.

Kelp forests dominated by an Ecklonia radiata overstorey and an understorey of mostly

red algae (Phillips et al., 1997; Chapter 4) provide habitat for temperate and tropical

fish and invertebrate species (Chapter 3; this chapter). Subtidal reef systems are

surrounded by seagrass and sand habitats.

In 2000, three sanctuary zones (no-take MPAs where fishing is prohibited) called

‘Boyinaboat’ (0.07 km2), ‘The Lumps’ (0.28 km2), and ‘Little Island’ (0.06 km2), were

implemented within the Park. Collectively, the sanctuaries comprise 0.42 km2 of the

Page 33: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

19

94.95 km2 total Park area, or 0.44% of the Park. The sanctuaries are nested within a

larger fished zone, where recreational fishermen are permitted to take bony and

cartilaginous fish species, Panulirus cygnus (Western Rock Lobster), Haliotis roei

(Roe’s Abalone), cephalopods and Portunus pelagicus (Blue Swimmer Crab). P.

cygnus and H. roei are also targeted by commercial fishermen. All other marine life is

protected within the fished zone.

Oceanographic studies suggest each sanctuary zone is exposed to different levels of

wave energy. Phillips et al. (1997) observed a gradient of exposure to wave energy

ranging from highly wave exposed reefs offshore, near Little Island sanctuary zone, to

more sheltered reefs inshore, near Boyinaboat sanctuary zone. Stul (2005) applied

modeling and field validation techniques that suggest The Lumps sanctuary zone is

characterised by higher wave energy compared to Boyinaboat sanctuary zone. This is

due to increased sheltering from the wave shadow effect of Rottnest Island with

distance south, and a gap in the offshore reef system which allows relatively large

waves in the vicinity of The Lumps (Stul, 2005). Thus we classified Little Island

sanctuary zone as ‘offshore’, The Lumps sanctuary zone as ‘midshore’ and Boyinaboat

sanctuary zone as ‘inshore’ to reflect the evidence for a gradient in exposure to wave

energy.

Sampling design

There is a paucity of ecological data collected before the sanctuary zones were

implemented, and it is difficult to separate natural differences between sites from the

effects of zoning without multiple control sites in a post hoc analysis. An asymmetrical

design which involved multiple control sites was therefore used (Underwood, 1991;

1992; 1993). Asymmetrical post hoc sampling designs have been used elsewhere with

Page 34: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

20

some success, despite the loss of statistical power (Glasby, 1997; Terlizzi, 2005).

Surveys were undertaken at one sanctuary zone and two fished sites (controls) at each of

the three predefined wave exposure levels. The number of control sites can usually be

increased to improve the power of the statistical analysis, but we were concerned about

the existence of representative controls at Marmion Marine Park so their number was

kept to the minimum of two. The design included three factors: (1) ‘wave exposure’ -

fixed, with 3 levels (inshore, midshore and offshore), (2) ‘zoning’ - fixed, with 2 levels

(sanctuary zone and fished zone), and (3) ‘site’ - random, nested in the wave exposure x

zoning interaction, with one level in the sanctuary zone and two levels in the fished

zone. High relief (> 1 m topography) limestone reefs in depths of 4 - 9 m were

surveyed.

Sampling methods

Sampling occurred in the Austral late spring and early summer between 27th November

and 11th December, 2003. Lobsters were surveyed in ten randomly placed 20 x 10 m

transects per site (totaling 90 transects). Two SCUBA divers recorded abundance and

estimated carapace length as legal size (> 76 mm), sub-legal (< 76 mm) or unknown

(where the whole carapace was not clearly visible). Sampling occurred during the

western rock lobster fishing season (15th November – 30 June) and before the annual

lobster migration to deeper waters (mid-December, Western Australia Department of

Fisheries, pers. comm.). The abundance of other large (> 1 cm) mobile, benthic

invertebrates (Appendix A) was surveyed by two SCUBA divers in six randomly placed

20 x 2 m transects at each site (totaling 54 transects). Ophuroidea and cephalopods

were excluded because of their cryptic nature. Wave exposures, sanctuary zones and

fished sites were sampled randomly through time.

Page 35: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

21

Rugosity was measured to indicate substratum complexity at six replicates per site. A

ten metre length chain (2 cm link lengths) was contoured to the sea bottom and the

linear distance between the tape end-points was recorded. Depth was recorded near the

beginning, middle and end of each replicate, and averaged to provide a mean depth per

replicate for analysis.

Statistical analyses

Multivariate analyses

The mobile, benthic invertebrate dataset contained the abundance of 31 species

(Appendix A). The effect of the sampling design on the assemblage was analysed

using permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA, Anderson,

2001b; McArdle and Anderson, 2001). Abundance of Panulirus cygnus was analysed

separately given the specific hypothesis to be tested and the different sampling design

used for this species. The computer program DISTLM (Anderson, 2004a) was used to

analyse asymmetrical designs. Each term was tested individually using an appropriate

X matrix (that is, a predictor matrix based on the multivariate hypothesis) that was

determined with the aid of the XMATRIX program (Anderson, 2003).

To test the main effects of zoning, wave exposure and their interaction, individual

replicates at a site were permuted together as a unit (i.e. whole sites were permuted).

This allowed the effects to be tested against the variability across sites, not across

individual replicates, as necessary under the null hypothesis for a nested hierarchy

(Clarke, 1993; Anderson, 2001b). This restriction on the permutable units meant that

there were insufficient permutations for a reasonable test, so a Monte Carlo sample of

9999 unrestricted random permutations of the raw data units was drawn from the

theoretical asymptotic permutation distribution (Anderson and Robinson, 2003).

Page 36: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

22

Exchangeability of fished and sanctuary zone permutable units were appropriate under

the null hypothesis, so all data were used. A test for site (wave exposure x zoning) was

carried out by permuting the observations. Data from fished areas were used given

replication of sites occurred only for fished areas.

Canonical analysis of principal coodinates (CAP, Anderson and Robinson, 2003;

Anderson and Willis, 2003; Anderson, 2004b) was also used to generate tests of the null

hypotheses by permutation. It was important to use CAP given the potential for high

correlation structure and variability to mask the detection of real group differences in

the multivariate analysis of variance (Anderson and Robinson, 2003; Anderson, 2004b).

Group distinctness in multivariate space was measured by the leave-one-out allocation

success (Lachenbruch and Mickey, 1968; Anderson and Willis, 2003). Individual

species likely to be responsible for any observed differences were determined by

examining correlations of species counts with the canonical axis. A correlation of |r| >

0.28 and < -0.28 was used as an arbitrary cut-off. Canonical correlations were tested

using 9999 unrestricted random permutations of raw data units.

The potential for rugosity and depth to confound observations regarding zoning and

wave exposure was of concern. PERMANOVA was used to investigate whether

rugosity or depth varied according to the factors of interest. Non-parametric

multivariate multiple regression (McArdle and Anderson, 2001) was used to identify

any correlations between the assemblage and rugosity and depth. The analyses were

performed using the DISTLM computer program based on 9999 permutations under a

reduced model (Anderson, 2001a).

Page 37: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

23

Overall dispersion and differences in relative within-group variability were investigated

by computing the comparative index of multivariate dispersion (IMD, Warwick and

Clarke, 1993) and CAP. CAP allows location differences among groups to be seen

which may otherwise be masked by patterns in overall dispersion in non-metric

multidimensional scaling (nMDS, Kruskal and Wish, 1978), although it does not allow

any assessment of either total or relative within-group variability (Anderson and Willis,

2003).

All analyses were based on Bray-Curtis dissimilarities (Bray and Curtis, 1957). Data

transformed to y’ = ln(x + 1) so that common, intermediate and some of the rarer

species could all exert some influence on the calculation of similarity. An a priori

significance level of α = 0.10 was used in light of the small number of degrees of

freedom for some of the tests. Results were interpreted as marginally significant at the

α = 0.10 level and significant at the α = 0.05 level.

Univariate analyses

Univariate analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to test for differences in the total

abundance of western rock lobster, and the abundances of legal size and sub-legal

lobsters. For the mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblage data, ANOVA was

undertaken for species that occurred in at least 5% of transects. ANOVA was also

undertaken for taxonomic distinctness and the Simpson’s index to investigate

differences in diversity. These measures will not be biased by the unequal sample sizes

of the asymmetrical design, unlike many of the traditional diversity measures (e.g.

Clarke and Warwick, 1998).

Page 38: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

24

Levene’s test (Levene, 1960) was used to check the assumptions of homogeneity of

variances. Variables were transformed as required (square-root or fourth-root) to meet

the assumptions of homogeneity of variances (p > 0.05). Variables showed significant

non-normality as shown by the Anderson-Darling test (Anderson and Darling, 1952).

ANOVAs were therefore undertaken using a permutation procedure to obtain P values

(9999 unrestricted random permutations of raw data units; Anderson, 2001b). The

same general approach was used as per the multivariate analysis, although the Euclidean

distance was the measure of dissimilarity used. If PERMANOVA is done on only one

response variable and the Euclidean distance is used, then the resulting sum of squares

and F-ratios are the same as Fisher’s univariate F-statistic in traditional ANOVA

(except the P-values are not obtained using the traditional tables) (Anderson, 2001a).

An a priori significance level of α = 0.10 was used for interpreting univariate tests.

Variables whose variances were not homogeneous after transformation were interpreted

using a more conservative significance level of α = 0.01 (Underwood, 1997).

Where the sites (wave exposure x zoning) term was not significant at P = 0.25, pooling

was undertaken to increase the power of the tests of the main effects (Winer, 1971;

Underwood, 1981). The site and residual sum of squares and their degrees of freedom

were pooled to construct a ‘pooled mean square’ which was used as the denominator for

the tests of the main effects and the interaction. Where significant differences were

identified by the univariate ANOVAs, pairwise comparisons using Tukey’s Honestly

Significant Difference (α = 0.5) were undertaken where appropriate (i.e. where site

variability was not significant so that sites could be pooled).

Least squares linear regression was used to compare depth and rugosity with the species

abundance and diversity measures.

Page 39: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

25

RESULTS

MPA zoning

The total abundance and the mean abundance of legal size and sub-legal lobsters were

significantly higher in sanctuary zones compared to fished sites (Table 2.1, Fig. 2.1a,

2.1b). The whole carapace was clearly visible (and hence size class could be estimated)

for over 70% of lobsters. Overall, legal-size lobsters were four times more abundant in

sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Legal-size lobsters were 11 times more abundant

at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone compared to fished sites, four times more abundant at The

Lumps sanctuary zone compared to fished sites, and 1.5 times more abundant at Little

Island sanctuary zone compared to fished sites. These effects were detected by the

ANOVA despite the significant smaller scale variability at the site level (Table 2.1).

Figure 2.1 Mean density (+ 1 SE) of total Panulirus cygnus (a) and legal size P. cygnus (b), at

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone (B), Cow Rocks (C), Wanneroo Reef (W), The Lumps sanctuary zone

(L), Whitford Rock (WR), Burns Rocks (BR), Little Island sanctuary zone (LI), South Little (S)

and North Little (N) (n = 10 per site). Open bars: sanctuaries; solid bars: fished sites.

Page 40: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

26

Table 2.1. Results of permutational ANOVA for Panulirus cygnus. Significant results are indicated, **p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

Size class Wave exposure (W) Zoning (Z) W x Z Site

MS F2,3 P MS F1,3 P MS F2,3 P MS F3,54 P

Total 14.358 1.547 0.338 183.059 19.722 0.024** 34.993 3.770 0.151 9.716 12.320 <0.001***

Legal size 4.405 0.945 0.477 65.184 13.988 0.036** 13.139 2.820 0.199 4.660 6.924 0.001***

Sub-legal 4.866 1.965 0.280 58.068 23.451 0.018** 7.045 2.845 0.202 2.476 4.183 0.011** Data were square-root transformed

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few

possible permutations

Page 41: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

27

Zoning significantly affected the mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblage structure, as

shown by the CAP (Trace statistic = 0.569, P < 0.001). The leave-one-out allocation

success (measure of group distinctness in multivariate space; Lachenbruch and Mickey,

1968; Anderson and Willis, 2003) showed that the assemblage at sanctuaries was more

difficult to predict than the assemblage at fished sites, although both assemblages were

distinct in multivariate space (sanctuaries = 72.22%, fished sites = 86.11%).

Correlations with the canonical axis for zoning showed that sanctuaries were

characterised by the holothurian Stichopus spp. and gastropod Mitra chalybeia, and

fished sites were characterised by hermit crabs (Paguridae), urchins Heliocidaris

erythrogramma and Holopneustes porosissimus, and seastars Plectaster decanus and

Patiriella spp. (Table 2.2).

The failure of the PERMANOVA to detect the significant effect of zoning on the

assemblage could be due to high correlation structure unrelated to group differences or

high variability between the fished sites (‘site’ was the denominator Mean Square for

the test of zoning and only data from fished areas were used to test ‘site’, as discussed,

Table 2.3). The power of statistical tests to detect effects of zoning was limited by the

lack of replication of sanctuary zones within each level of wave exposure and the

limited number of representative control sites available. The multivariate variability of

the assemblage at sanctuaries was similar to the variability of the assemblage at fished

sites (sanctuary vs fished IMD = 0.223).

Stichopus spp. were marginally more abundant at sanctuary zones compared to fished

sites (Table 2.4; Fig. 2.2a). Little Island sanctuary zone appeared to have significantly

less dominance (higher diversity) than its fished control sites as indicated by the

Page 42: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

28

Table 2.2. Correlations (│r │ > 0.28) between taxa and the canonical axis for zoning.

Zone Class Species/taxa │r│ Percent of sites Mean + 1SE

Sanctuary Fished Sanctuary Fished

Sanctuary Holothuroidea Stichopus spp. 0.42 66.67 38.89 1.83 + 0.53 0.89 + 0.25

Sanctuary Gastropoda Mitra chalybeia 0.28 16.67 0 0.22 + 0.13 0

Fished Malacostraca Paguridae 0.62 88.89 100 6.94 + 2.87 14.00 + 1.62

Fished Echinoidea Heliocidaris erythrogramma 0.44 72.22 80.56 2.33 + 0.49 14.56 + 3.91

Fished Echinoidea Holopneustes porosissimus 0.40 5.56 30.56 0.11 + 0.11 0.64 + 0.20

Fished Asteroidea Plectaster decanus 0.28 5.56 8.33 0.06 + 0.06 0.08 + 0.05

Fished Asteroidea Patiriella spp. 0.28 0 22.22 0 2.81 + 2.18 Data were ln(x + 1) transformed

Species that occurred in less than 5% of transects were not included in this list

Page 43: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

29

Table 2.3. Permutational ANOVA of abundances of 30 taxa, on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities. Significant results are indicated, ***p < 0.01

Source df SS MS F P Denominator Permutable

MS units

Wave exposure = W 2 20213.226 10106.613 3.344 0.008*** S (W x Z) 9 sites

Zoning = Z 1 4299.155 4299.155 1.423 0.243 S (W x Z) 9 sites

W x Z 2 4298.606 2149.303 0.711 0.729 S (W x Z) 9 sites

Site = S(W x Z) 3 9066.137 3022.046 3.380 <0.001*** Residual (fished) 36 observation units (fished only)

Residual (all) 45 46706.060 1037.913

Residual (fished) 30 26831.220 894.370

Total 53 84583.190 Data were ln(x + 1) transformed

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 44: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

30

Table 2.4. Results of significant permutational ANOVAs for species abundance. The significance of results is indicated, *p < 0.10, **p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

Taxon Wave exposure (W) Zoning (Z) W x Z Site

MS F P MS F P MS F P MS F P

Stichopus spp. 7.463 2.415a 0.100 * 10.704 3.464 a 0.065* 0.398 0.129 a 0.883 1.389 a 0.672 0.582

Heliciodaris erythrogrammab 5.340 2.228 0.251 3.274 1.366 0.323 0.628 0.262 0.787 2.397 6.733 0.001***

Pentagonaster dubenib 1.110 5.971 a 0.005*** 0.028 0.152 a 0.673 0.399 2.148 a 0.126 0.126 a 0.709 0.586

Petricia vermicina 7.574 4.986 a 0.009*** 1.565 1.030 a 0.312 0.565 0.372 a 0.701 0.694 a 0.375 0.787

Fromia polyporab 1.522 10.067 a <0.001*** 0.118 0.783 a 0.353 0.047 0.310 a 0.735 0.194 a 1.207 0.328

Centrostephinus tenuispina 0.389 3.068 a 0.042** 0.083 0.658 a 0.294 0.194 1.534 a 0.209 0.139 1.923 0.318

Phyllacanthus irregularisb 6.774 3.406 0.169 0.057 0.029 0.877 0.111 0.056 0.944 1.989 6.531 0.002***

Cenolia trichopterab 5.035 7.716 0.064* 0.054 0.082 0.785 0.209 0.320 0.738 0.653 2.986 0.050*

Simpson index (λ)b 0.010 1.254 0.405 0.096 12.040 0.037** 0.056 6.966 0.072* 0.008 1.617 0.212 Superscript a for Site indicates the MS value was pooled with the residual and the resultant value used as the denominator for the correspondingly superscripted F-ratios

Superscriptb indicates fourth-root transformation

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 45: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

31

Figure 2.2 Mean density (+ 1 SE) of Stichopus spp. at sanctuary zones (n = 18) and fished sites (n =

36) (a) and Heliocidaris erythrogramma at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone (B), Cow Rocks (C),

Wanneroo Reef (W), The Lumps sanctuary zone (L), Whitford Rock (WR), Burns Rocks (BR),

Little Island sanctuary zone (LI), South Little (S) and North Little (N) (n = 6 per site) (b). Open

bars: sanctuaries; solid bars: fished sites.

Simpson index (Table 2.4). A high abundance of hermit crabs at fished control sites

appeared to influence the high dominance observed there.

Several taxa showed highly significant variability between the fished control sites,

which made the detection of main and interaction effects by the PERMANOVA

approach difficult (Table 2.4). For example, there appeared to be higher mean

abundances of Heliocidaris erythrogramma at fished sites compared to sanctuary zones

(SZ mean = 2.33 ± 0.49 se; fished mean = 14.56 ± 3.91 se; Fig.2.2b).

Wave exposure

Wave exposure significantly affected the mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblage

structure, as shown by the CAP (Trace statistic = 1.034, P < 0.001, Fig. 2.3a). The

Page 46: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

32

Figure 2.3 Canonical analysis of principal coordinates (CAP) ordination for wave exposure among

inshore, midshore and offshore sites (a) and biplot of high species correlations with canonical axes

(b), on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities of ln(x + 1) transformed data

Page 47: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

33

leave-one-out allocation success indicated that the assemblage at offshore sites was

slightly harder to predict than the assemblages at inshore and midshore sites, although

all assemblages were distinct in multivariate space (inshore = 72.22%, midshore =

72.22%, offshore = 88.89%). High correlations of individual species with canonical

axes corresponding to wave exposure effects are shown (Fig. 2.3b). The significant

effect of wave exposure on assemblage structure was also detected by the

PERMANOVA, despite the significant smaller scale variability at the site level (Table

2.3). Wave exposure did not appear to significantly affect assemblage variability

(inshore vs midshore IMD = -0.263; inshore vs offshore IMD = -0.546, midshore vs

offshore IMD = -0.318).

Seastars Pentagonaster dubeni, Petricia vermicina and Fromia polypora differed

significantly among wave exposures (Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4a-c) and urchin Centrostephinus

tenuispina, Stichopus spp., and seastar Cenolia trichoptera differed marginally (Table

2.4, Fig. 2.4d-f). P. dubeni was significantly less abundant at inshore sites compared to

midshore sites (t = 2.359, P < 0.10; Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4a) and offshore sites (t = 2.975, P

< 0.05; Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4a). P. vermicina, F. polypora and C. tenuispina were

significantly more abundant at midshore sites compared to inshore sites (t = 2.773, P <

0.05; t = 3.589, P < 0.005; t = 2.317, P < 0.10; Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4b-d). F. polypora and

C. tenuispina were also significantly more abundant at midshore sites compared to

offshore sites (t = -3.286, P < 0.005; t = -2.648, P < 0.05; Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4c-d). Plots

indicated Stichopus spp. were most abundant at midshore sites (pair-wise tests did not

detect significant differences; Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4e) and the mean abundance of C.

trichoptera decreased as wave exposure increased (pair-wise tests could not be

undertaken given the significant site variation) (Table 2.4, Fig. 2.4f). The diversity

measures did not vary among wave exposures.

Page 48: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

34

Figure 2.4 Mean density (+ 1 SE) of Pentagonaster dubeni (a) Petricia vermicina (b) Fromia polypora

(c) Centrostephinus tenuispina (d), Stichopus spp. (e) and Cenolia trichoptera (f), at inshore,

midshore and offshore sites (n = 18 per wave exposure level).

Page 49: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

35

As per zoning effects, highly significant control site variability for some variables made

the detection of wave exposure effects by the PERMANOVA approach difficult (Table

2.4). Such variables included the abundance of Heliocidaris erythrogramma (inshore

mean = 20.22 ± 7.30 se; midshore mean = 9.28 ± 2.33 se; offshore mean = 1.94 ± 0.64

se; Fig. 4b) and the urchin Phyllacanthus irregularis (inshore mean = 3.72 ± 0.90 se;

midshore mean = 14.22 ± 2.06 se; offshore mean = 1.00 ± 0.27 se).

Rugosity and depth

Rugosity and depth did not vary according to the main factors of interest or their

interaction. There was no significant relationship between rugosity and the mobile,

benthic invertebrate assemblage or depth and the assemblage. Rugosity and depth only

explained 0.54% and 1.18%, respectively, of the variation in the multivariate

assemblage, respectively. Although some species and species diversity correlations

with rugosity and depth were statistically significant, very low r2 values and large

amount of scatter indicated that only a small amount of variation in the observed

assemblages can be explained by rugosity and depth.

DISCUSSION

We found evidence for effects of MPA zoning and wave exposure on the mobile,

benthic invertebrate assemblage structure at Marmion Marine Park. Of particular

interest was the observation that the abundance of the heavily targeted Panulirus cygnus

was significantly higher in sanctuary zones compared to fished sites, despite the highly

mobile nature of this species. We suggest that important processes acting on

invertebrates at Marmion Marine Park include protection from fishing in sanctuary

Page 50: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

36

zones, lobster predation and morphological susceptibility to physical disturbance from

wave action.

A significantly higher total abundance of Panulirus cygnus and mean abundance of

legal size P. cygnus were observed in sanctuary zones compared to fished sites. The

highly mobile behaviour of P. cygnus makes it an unlikely candidate for protection from

fishing in the small sanctuaries at Marmion Marine Park. It is highly probable that at

least some lobsters transverse the boundaries of the sanctuaries and enter the fishery.

Observed lobster movements include up to 585 m d-1 traveled by juveniles during

nocturnal foraging trips (Jernakoff et al., 1987), and 622 m d-1 for distances up to 68 km

by lobsters migrating to deeper spawning grounds (Phillips, 1983).

The observed effects of zoning on lobsters indicate that at least some legal size lobsters

probably show high site fidelity and stay within home ranges for extended periods of

time. To-date, evidence collected regarding juvenile P. cygnus fidelity to a home reef

has been contradictory (Chittleborough, 1974; Cobb, 1981; Jernakoff, 1987), and adult

site-fidelity has not been assessed. Furthermore, our observations of large lobsters,

including several lobsters greater than 115 mm carapace length (K. Ryan, pers. obs.),

indicates that not all lobsters undertake an offshore migration at the onset of sexual

maturity, and instead become permanent residents of nearshore reefs. High site fidelity

shown by other migratory lobsters such as Homarus americanus (Rowe, 2001) and

Panulirus argus (Davis, 1977) is likely to contribute to their effective protection in

marine reserves elsewhere (Rowe, 2002; Acosta and Robertson, 2003; Cox and Hunt,

2005). Alternatively, lobsters may return to home reefs after spending periods in deeper

waters, as has been suggested for Jasus edwardsii (Kelly and MacDiarmid, 2003) and

Panulirus argus (Davis and Dodrill, 1989).

Page 51: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

37

The significantly higher mean abundance of sub-legal lobsters in sanctuaries compared

to fished sites may be due to a high level of illegal fishing of sub-legal lobsters at fished

sites. Alternatively, sub-legal lobsters that are caught in pots (but not taken) may be

subject to an increased risk of predation while in pots, or their growth and survival may

be affected by body wounds, loss of legs and antennae, exposure to sunlight or

displacement following the disturbance caused by capture (Brown and Caputi, 1983,

1984, 1986). Sub-legal lobsters are also subject to disturbance and injury from

recreational divers, as shown for Panulirus argus (Parsons and Eggleston, 2005, 2006).

Alternatively, predation of juvenile lobsters may be less in sanctuaries given the lower

abundance of fish predators such as Notolabrus parilus (Brown-spotted Wrasse)

observed there (Chapter 3). Our observations of zoning effects on sub-legal lobsters

cannot be explained by differences in physical characteristics. Depth and rugosity did

not vary according to zoning. Indeed, Little Island sanctuary zone and its fished control

sites were on a continuous section of reef. An effect of fishing on sub-legal lobsters has

also been observed in Florida (Cox and Hunt, 2005).

High lobster predation in sanctuaries may contribute to the significant differences

between the invertebrate assemblages of sanctuaries and fished sites. The relatively low

abundance and frequency of carnivorous and omnivorous fishes at sanctuary zones

(Chapter 3) suggest fish predation is less likely to be an important driver of the observed

trends. The urchins Heliocidaris erythrogramma and Holopneustes porosissimus

characterised fished sites where lobster abundance is low, and urchin remains have been

found in the gut contents of juvenile (Joll and Phillips, 1984) and adult Panulirus

cygnus (K. Ryan, pers. obs.). Predation by Jasus edwardsii has experimentally been

shown to be an important process in structuring populations of H. erythrogramma in

Page 52: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

38

Tasmanian marine reserves (Pederson and Johnson, 2006). Field research in New

Zealand MPAs has also provided evidence for the importance of predation of lobsters

on urchins (Shears and Babcock, 2002), as have laboratory experiments from elsewhere

(Tegner and Levin, 1983; Mayfield et al., 2001). Hermit crabs also characterised fished

sites, and appeared to be responsible for the high dominance (as indicated by the

Simpson Index) at offshore fished sites compared to Little Island sanctuary zone.

Predation on hermit crabs by Panulirus argus (McLean, 1974) and Homarus

americanus (Weissberger, 1995) has been observed. In contrast, probable mechanisms

driving the strong association of the locally rare seastars Patiriella spp. and Plectaster

decanus with fished sites are unclear, given less is known about the ecology of these

species. Predation is unlikely to be important as these species do not have soft tissue or

large gonad structures that are particularly attractive to predators.

There were significantly more holothurians Stichopus spp. in sanctuaries compared to

fished sites. Stichopus spp. have been shown to selectively feed on sediments with

higher nutrient content and to select sediment patches to feed on accordingly (Uthicke

and Karez, 1999). Thus, zoning effects on Stichopus spp. could be due to potential

differences in sediment characteristics between sanctuaries and fished sites. Differences

in sediment characteristics could exist as an outcome of the effect of zoning on

macroalgae assemblages (Chapter 4). Effects of macroalgae on nutrients (Lavery and

McComb, 1991; Viaroli et al., 1996) and sediment cover (Kennelly and Underwood,

1993; Wernberg et al., 2005) have been documented. Effects on Stichopus spp. can not

be attributed directly to protection from fishing or predation because they are not

targeted at Marmion Marine Park and predators of holothurians are few (Francour,

1997).

Page 53: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

39

There are several mechanisms that are likely to contribute to the significant effect of

exposure to wave energy on the mobile, benthic invertebrate assemblage structure.

Wave exposure may interact with benthic organisms via drag, lift, acceleration and

impact forces, and the magnitude of the force, the time between forces and the number

of repetitions of the force may all affect species’ distribution patterns (Denny, 1995).

High wave action has been shown to inflict physical damage (Shanks and Wright, 1986)

and detach and remove individuals (Rilov et al., 2004) in intertidal environments.

Consequently, characterisation of offshore sites by the large gastropod Turbo

intercostalis and hermit crabs may be due to morphological adaptations to such high

energy conditions. Tough, outer shells offer protection of soft body parts from physical

abrasion. The heavy shell of T. intercostalis is likely to resist the destabilising effects of

high water motion, and hermit crabs select heavier shells in high energy conditions

(Hahn, 1998). The muscular foot of T. intercostalis may facilitate attachment onto the

reef surface. The relatively small body size of hermit crabs may allow them to seek

refuge within microhabitats. The lower dominance at Little Island sanctuary zone

compared to its fished control sites is probably an outcome of an interaction between the

effective adaptation of hermit crabs to exposed environments and predation by lobsters

on crabs in the sanctuary zone. Similarly, characterisation of offshore sites by the

seastar Pentagonaster dubeni may be due to a resistance to mechanical stress offered by

its firm body, characterised by numerous large plates on the upper surface.

In contrast, the decrease in the mean abundance and frequency of the seastar Cenolia

trichoptera with increasing wave exposure may be due to the delicate morphology of its

arms. Urchins Heliocidaris erythrogramma, Phyllacanthus irregularis and

Centrostephinus tenuispina may have lower abundance at offshore sites because of an

inability to attach firmly to the reef surface while grazing and moving, and a high

Page 54: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

40

susceptibility to mechanical stress as an outcome of their relatively large size.

Kawamata (1998) demonstrated a maximum velocity of oscillatory flow beyond which

movement and feeding of urchins is no longer possible.

Direct effects of wave exposure on fish predators could contribute to the invertebrate

patterns observed in this study. The high abundance and frequency of the predators

Meuschenia hippocrepis (Horseshoe Leatherjacket) and Coris auricularis (Western

King Wrasse) at offshore sites (Chapter 3) could contribute to the low abundance of

urchins observed there. Given macroalgae assemblages vary with wave exposures

(Chapter 4), an effect of wave exposure on invertebrates may also be driven indirectly

by an influence of macroalgae on invertebrate predators (Levin, 1993; 1994; Palma and

Ojeda, 2002) or by protection from predation in areas of high kelp density. The latter

has been suggested to explain declines in Heliocidaris erythrogramma as an outcome of

canopy clearing experiments (Edgar et al., 2004).

Bottom up control through the abundance and distribution of food may also be an

important mechanism at Marmion Marine Park. The high abundance and frequency of

the gastropod Thais orbita at inshore sites probably reflects the association of this

species with the intertidal zone, where preferred prey such as limpets, mussels and

barnacles are generally found (Fairweather, 1988; Morton, 1999). The omnivorous

seastars Petricia vermicina and Fromia polypora may characterise midshore sites

because the high kelp density observed there (Phillips et al., 1997; Kendrick et al.,

1999) may lower light levels (Wernberg et al., 2005), thus creating favourable

conditions for their sessile invertebrate prey (Kennelly, 1987; Glasby, 1999; Irving and

Connell, 2002). The high abundance and frequency of Stichopus spp. at midshore sites

could be due to an effect of wave exposure on sediment characteristics such as organic

Page 55: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

41

content, as has been observed elsewhere (Thorman, 1986). The role of detritus in

determining the distribution of mobile consumers in soft-sediment communities has

been documented (Kelaher and Levinton, 2003; Levinton and Kelaher, 2004).

Alternatively, wave exposure may affect invertebrate communities via bottom-up

control by algae if invertebrates show a preference to settle according to alga species

(Sarver, 1979; Johnson et al., 1991; Swanson et al., 2006, although note Rowley, 1989).

Wave exposure may also affect other settlement-related processes such as larval supply

to reefs (Harris and Chester, 1996; Jenkins and Hawkins, 2003, although note Jenkins,

2005) and early post-settlement survivorship (Naylor and McShane, 2001; Hereu et al.,

2004). Unfortunately, research into influences on settlement events has been hampered

by the complexity of the processes involved and the cryptic nature of many juvenile

species.

Clearly, MPA zoning and wave exposure are important drivers of mobile, benthic

invertebrate structure at Marmion Marine Park. Sanctuary zone designation has

provided a large-scale manipulative experiment to investigate important processes.

However, fundamental gaps in knowledge regarding the ecology of many species needs

to be addressed if the implications of zoning and wave exposure are to be more fully

understood.

Page 56: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

42

Page 57: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

43

CHAPTER 3

Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave

exposure affect temperate, subtidal reef assemblages in

Western Australia II. Fish abundance and size

Photo by Euan Harvey

Photo by Euan Harvey

Page 58: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

44

ABSTRACT

The effects of marine protected area (MPA) zoning and wave exposure on fishes were

investigated in Marmion Marine Park, Western Australia. The sanctuary zones (areas

protected from fishing) within Marmion Marine Park are extremely small (0.061 –

0.279 km2) compared to most reported in the literature. Baited remote underwater

stereo-video (stereo BRUV) deployments and diver operated stereo-video (stereo DOV)

transects were used to survey the fish assemblages.

The assemblages at sanctuary zones were significantly different to the assemblages at

fished sites. Sanctuaries were characterised by Kyphosus cornelii and fished sites were

characterised by Parma mccullochi, Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus and Notolabrus

parilus. There was a marginally significant effect of zoning on size structure.

Sanctuaries appeared to have a larger percentage of the targeted assemblage in larger

size categories compared to fished sites and Little Island sanctuary zone appeared to

have a larger percentage of the non-targeted assemblage in smaller size classes

compared to its fished sites. Coris auricularis was significantly larger and P.

mccullochi was significantly smaller at sanctuaries compared to fished sites. C.

auricularis is now being targeted in the Park, despite its low eating quality.

Traditionally targeted species were recorded in very low abundances and occurred too

infrequently for meaningful tests of zoning effects. Large, predatory fish species were

virtually absent.

Exposure to wave energy was shown to be a significant influence on assemblage

structure. Effects were most clearly shown for the assemblages surveyed by stereo

DOV, where inshore assemblages were characterised by species such as Chelmonops

curiosus and Parma mccullochi, Chromis klunzingeri characterised midshore

Page 59: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

45

assemblages and Parma occidentalis and Kyphosus cornelii were characteristic of

offshore assemblages. Analysis of species abundances showed a significant effect of

wave exposure on Meuschenia hippocrepis, Coris auricularis, Cheilodactylus

rubrolabiatus, C. curiosus and P. occidentalis. We also observed effects of wave

exposure on size structure. It appeared that a smaller percentage of the assemblage was

in larger size categories at offshore sites compared to inshore and midshore sites and the

mean length of P. mccullochi significantly decreased as wave exposure increased.

KEYWORDS: Baited remote underwater video, Fishing, Marine reserve, Multivariate

analysis, Size structure, Stereo-video

INTRODUCTION

Evidence for effects of marine protected areas (MPAs) on reef fishes is increasing.

Protection from fishing has been observed to increase the abundance and size of

targeted (fished) species (Bell, 1983; Francour, 1994; Babcock et al., 1999; Edgar and

Barrett, 1999; Davidson, 2001; Willis et al., 2003a; Garcia-Charton et al., 2004; Claudet

et al., 2006). Effects of MPAs on non-targeted fishes have also been observed, although

they are of a more variable nature. For example, a low abundance of some small-bodied

fish species has been observed in MPAs compared to fished sites and attributed to

differences in habitat (Russ and Alcala, 1989; Willis and Anderson, 2003) or predation

and competition from larger, targeted fish species (McClanahan et al., 1999; Ashworth

and Ormond, 2005). Other studies of non-targeted fish species have detected increases

in abundance in MPAs (Mosquera et al., 2000) or failed to detect any effects at all

(Mosquera et al., 2000; Williamson et al., 2004). The effects of MPAs on species

Page 60: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

46

diversity is also variable (Bell, 1983; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Garcia-Charton et al.,

2004; Claudet et al., 2006).

Marmion Marine Park lies within south-western Australia's temperate waters.

Enforcement of regulations to prohibit fishing in three small sanctuary zones (no-take

MPAs that are protected from fishing) totaling 0.42 km2 within the Park commenced in

the year 2000. The effects of MPA zoning on the reef fish assemblages are problematic

to extrapolate from studies conducted elsewhere given the high endemicity of the region

(Hutchins, 1994; Fox and Beckley, 2005). Little is known about the structure and

variability of the fish assemblages of the region and the importance of processes such as

herbivory and predation has been virtually unstudied. More is known about the social

value of the reef fish assemblages. Historical records date the establishment of

fishermen’s shacks at Marmion to the early 1900’s (Ottaway et al., 1985; Fig. 3.1).

Since then, Marmion’s close proximity to the expanding Perth metropolitan area, the

provision of ramp and harbour facilities and the establishment of angling clubs have

ensured that fishing continues to be a popular activity in the Park. The consequences of

human impacts such as fishing have not been assessed, despite high ecological and

social values of the reef fish assemblages.

Natural processes may confound investigations of the effects of MPA zoning. The three

sanctuaries in Marmion Marine Park lie on separate reef systems. Wave energy is

refracted and dampened as it approaches successive reefs, producing a gradient of

physical disturbance ranging from highly exposed, offshore reefs to more sheltered,

inshore reefs (Phillips et al., 1997). Variability in the local wave climate is also

Page 61: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

47

Figure 3.1 Fishermen’s shacks at Marmion, approximately 1953. Source: Marmion Angling &

Aquatic Club archives, In Ottaway et al. (1987)

influenced by the wave shadow effect of Rottnest Island (west of the Park) and gaps in

the offshore reef system (Stul, 2005). An effect of wave exposure on temperate fish

assemblages has been observed elsewhere (Fulton and Bellwood, 2004; Denny, 2005).

We therefore considered that wave exposure was likely to be an important driver of fish

abundance and size structure at Marmion Marine Park.

Two questions were of primary interest in this mensurative study at Marmion Marine

Park: 1) does MPA zoning affect the structure, variability and diversity of fish

assemblages? and 2) does wave exposure affect the structure, variability and diversity

of fish assemblages? We compared the abundance, size structure, variability and

diversity of assemblages and the abundance and size structure of individual species at

(1) sanctuary vs. fished zones, and (2) inshore vs. midshore vs. offshore reefs. We also

measured reef rugosity and depth as covariables to investigate any potential

Page 62: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

48

relationships with the fish assemblage that could confound interpretations of zoning or

wave exposure effects.

METHODS

Sampling methods

The study area and sampling design has been previously described (Chapter 2). In this

study, fish assemblages were observed during two surveys which used stereo-video

camera systems (Harvey and Shortis, 1996; Shortis and Harvey, 1998). Stereo-video

obtains accurate and precise measures of fish length, with significantly less

measurement error and greater statistical power than size estimates made by SCUBA

divers (Harvey et al., 2001; Harvey et al., 2002). Each survey provided a unique

investigation of the factors of interest: surveys were undertaken at separate times and

each method records different components of the assemblage (Watson et al., 2005).

Surveys were not undertaken during the high fish activity periods of early morning and

late afternoon to reduce variability. Wave exposures, sanctuary zones and fished sites

were sampled randomly through time.

Baited remote underwater stereo-video

The first survey was conducted between 3 – 7 November, 2003 using a baited, remote

underwater video unit (stereo BRUV). Two cameras (SONY HC 15E) were mounted

0.7 m apart on a base bar that was attached to a free-standing steel frame. Cameras

were inwardly converged at 8 degrees to provide an overlap in the field of view of each

camera of 5 m width at a distance of 2.5 m from the cameras. A standard rock lobster

Page 63: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

49

mesh bait bag containing 800 grams of Sardinops sagax (South American Pilchard) was

attached to the frame and suspended 1.5 m in front of the cameras.

The stereo BRUV unit was deployed by boat. Six replicate deployments were

undertaken at each site (totaling 54 deployments). Filming occurred for twenty-five

minutes per deployment because few new species were recorded after this time (K.

Ryan, unpublished data). Three replicate deployments were undertaken simultaneously

at each site, with replicates separated by at least 200 m to minimise the likelihood of

recording the same individuals by adjacent replicates.

Abundance for each species was measured as the maximum number of individuals

present in the field of view of the cameras at one time (MaxN, Ellis and DeMartini,

1995). MaxN avoids repeated counts of the same individuals and is a conservative

estimate of relative abundance. The fork length of individual fish recorded at the MaxN

time was measured for each species using the Vision Metrology System (VMS)

computer software program (Shortis and Robson, 2005). Length can only be measured

using VMS when the fish is visible in both cameras.

Diver operated stereo-video

The second survey was conducted between 4 – 6 January, 2006 using a diver operated

stereo-video unit (stereo DOV). Two cameras (SONY TRV 900E, set to progressive

scan mode) were aligned on a base bar in a similar manner as described for the stereo

BRUV, although the base bar was not attached to a free-standing steel frame. Instead,

the unit was manoeuvred by a diver along twelve replicate 25 x 5 m transects at each

site (totaling 108 transects).

Page 64: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

50

Abundance was measured as density. Transect boundaries were identified by the VMS

outputs. Each fish that was observed within the transect boundaries contributed to the

measure of abundance because the movement of the diver along the transect minimised

the likelihood of recording the same individuals (unlike the static positioning of the

stereo BRUV). The fork length of every individual was measured using VMS.

Rugosity and depth

Rugosity was measured to indicate substratum complexity at six replicates per site. A

ten metre length chain (2 cm link lengths) was contoured to the sea bottom and the

linear distance between the tape end-points was recorded. Depth was recorded near the

beginning, middle and end of each replicate, and averaged to provide a mean depth per

replicate for analysis.

Statistical analyses

Multivariate analyses

Permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA, Anderson, 2001b;

McArdle and Anderson, 2001) was used to analyse each of the two abundance data sets

(stereo BRUV survey and stereo DOV survey) separately. Each term was coded as a

design matrix and tested individually with the appropriate denominator and permutable

units using the computer program DISTLM (Anderson, 2004a; Chapter 2). A test for

site (wave exposure x zoning) was carried out by permuting the observation units. Data

from fished areas were used given replication of sites occurred only for fished areas.

Tests were conducted using 9999 unrestricted random permutations of the raw data

units.

Page 65: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

51

Canonical analysis of principal coodinates (CAP, Anderson and Robinson, 2003;

Anderson and Willis, 2003; Anderson, 2004b) was also used to generate tests of the null

hypotheses by permutation. Group distinctness in multivariate space was measured by

the leave-one-out allocation success (Lachenbruch and Mickey, 1968; Anderson and

Willis, 2003). CAP plots were used to examine location differences among groups in

multivariate space and individual species likely to be responsible for any observed

differences were determined by examining correlations of species counts with the

canonical axis. Only species occurring in at least 5% of drops/transects were included

in plots. Canonical correlations were tested using 9999 unrestricted random

permutations of raw data units.

Overall dispersion and differences in relative within-group variability were investigated

by computing the comparative index of multivariate dispersion (IMD, Warwick and

Clarke, 1993) and CAP. CAP allows location differences among groups to be seen

which may otherwise be masked by patterns in overall dispersion in non-metric

multidimensional scaling (nMDS, Kruskal and Wish, 1978), although it does not allow

any assessment of either total or relative within-group variability (Anderson and Willis,

2003).

The effects of zoning and wave exposure on the size structure of the fish assemblage

were also of interest. Multivariate analysis of variance was undertaken in a similar

manner as described for the abundance data on matrices which consisted of the number

of 1) targeted species (the main species sought by fishers or taken when caught) within

each of ten size classes and 2) non-targeted species within each of ten size classes (i.e.

the size classes were treated as variables). Size classes were < 151 mm, 151 - 200 mm,

201 – 250 mm, 251 – 300 mm, 301 – 350 mm, 351 – 400 mm, 401 – 450 mm, 451 –

Page 66: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

52

500 mm, 501 – 550 mm and > 550 mm. Where the sites (wave exposure x zoning) term

was not significant at P = 0.25, pooling was undertaken to increase the power of the

tests of the main effects (Winer, 1971). The site and residual sum of squares and their

degrees of freedom were pooled to construct a ‘pooled mean square’ which was used as

the denominator for the tests of the main effects and the interaction. Frequency

distribution plots were also used to investigate trends.

The potential for rugosity and depth to confound observations of zoning and wave

exposure effects was of concern. PERMANOVA was used to investigate whether

rugosity or depth varied according to the factors of interest. Non-parametric

multivariate multiple regression (McArdle and Anderson, 2001) was used to identify

any correlations between the fish assemblage and rugosity and depth. The analyses

were done using the DISTLM computer program based with 9999 permutations under a

reduced model (Anderson, 2001a).

All analyses were based on Bray-Curtis dissimilarities (Bray and Curtis, 1957) and data

were transformed to y’ = ln(x + 1). An a priori significance level of α = 0.10 was used

in light of the small number of degrees of freedom for some of the tests.

Univariate analyses

Univariate analysis of variance (ANOVA) was undertaken on abundance data for

species that occurred in at least 5% transects. ANOVA was also undertaken for

taxonomic distinctness to investigate differences in diversity (Clarke and Warwick,

1998). Taxonomic distinctness will not be biased by the unequal sample sizes of the

asymmetrical design, unlike many of the traditional diversity measures (Clarke and

Warwick, 1998). ANOVA was also undertaken on the mean length per sampling unit

Page 67: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

53

(transect, BRUV drop) of abundant, common and targeted species. Observation cells

for which no size data was available were excluded from the analysis and analyses were

undertaken only for species where size data was available for all levels of the design.

Permutational ANOVA was undertaken on each individual size class where there was a

difference in the size structure of the assemblages.

Levene’s test (Levene, 1960) was used to check the assumption of homogeneity of

variances. Variables were transformed as required to meet the assumption of

homogeneity of variances (p > 0.05). The Anderson-Darling test was used to check the

assumption of normality (Anderson and Darling, 1952). Most variables showed

significant non-normality. ANOVAs were therefore undertaken using a permutation

procedure (9999 unrestricted random permutations of raw data units) (Anderson,

2001b). The same general approach was used as per the multivariate analysis, although

the Euclidean distance was used. An a priori significance level of α = 0.10 was used

for interpreting univariate tests. Variables whose variances were not homogeneous after

transformation were interpreted using a more conservative significance level of α =

0.01.

Where the ‘site (wave exposure x zoning)’ term was not significant at P = 0.25, pooling

was undertaken (Winer, 1971) to improve the power of the statistical tests. Significant

wave exposure effects and interaction terms were investigated using Tukey’s Honestly

Significant Difference where appropriate (i.e. where site variability was not significant

so that sites could be pooled).

Least squares regression was used to compare depth and rugosity with species

abundance and taxonomic distinctness.

Page 68: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

54

A more detailed description of the theory supporting the statistical analyses can be

found in Chapter 2.

RESULTS

The stereo DOV and stereo BRUV surveys each provided a unique investigation of the

factors of interest. The stereo DOV surveyed 43 species comprising 1609 individuals

(Appendix B) and the stereo BRUV surveyed 49 species comprising 931 individuals

(Appendix C). The number of individuals excludes species that occurred sporadically

in clumps of hundreds. Only 40% of the species surveyed were common to both

methods.

MPA zoning

Abundance

There was a significant difference between the assemblages surveyed by stereo DOV at

sanctuary zones and fished sites (Table 3.1). This effect was also detected by the CAP

Trace statistic = 0.270, P < 0.01), however the low leave-one-out allocation success

(measure of group distinctness in multivariate space; Lachenbruch and Mickey 1968,

Anderson and Willis, 2003) indicated that the fish assemblages at sanctuaries were

difficult to discriminate (sanctuaries = 52.78%, fished sites = 75.00%). Kyphosus

cornelii characterised sanctuaries and Parma mccullochi, Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus

and Notolabrus parilus characterised fished sites (Table 3.2). In contrast, no effect of

zoning on the assemblage surveyed by stereo BRUV was detected by the

PERMANOVA or CAP. The variability of the assemblages

Page 69: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

55

Table 3.1. Permutational ANOVA of abundance of 43 species surveyed using stereo DOV, on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities. Significant results are indicated,

**p < 0.05

Source df SS MS F P Denominator Permutable

MS units

Wave exposure = W 2 23400.884 11700.442 2.609 0.013** S (W x Z) 9 sites

Zoning = Z 1 10728.725 10728.725 2.392 0.041** S (W x Z) 9 sites

W x Z 2 11489.890 5744.945 1.281 0.270 S (W x Z) 9 sites

Site = S(W x Z) 3 13455.685 4485.228 1.493 0.039** Residual (fished) 72 observation units

(fished only)

Residual (all) 99 310159.694 3132.926

Residual (fished) 66 198238.908 3003.620

Total 107 369234.878 Data were ln(x+1) transformed

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 70: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

56

Table 3.2. Correlations (│r │ > 0.25) between species surveyed using stereo DOV and the canonical axis for zoning

Zone Family Species │r│ Percent of sites Mean + 1SE

Sanctuary Fished Sanctuary Fished

Sanctuary Kyphosidae Kyphosus cornelii 0.41 22.22 5.56 0.94 + 0.41 0.15 + 0.09

Fished Pomacentridae Parma mccullochi 0.55 52.78 73.61 1.94 + 0.51 3.69 + 0.45

Fished Cheilodactylidae Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus 0.28 8.33 13.89 0.11 + 0.07 0.19 + 0.06

Fished Labridae Notolabrus parilus 0.25 41.67 52.78 0.67 + 0.16 0.94 + 0.15 Data were ln(x + 1) transformed

Species that occurred in less than 5% of transects were not included in this list

Page 71: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

57

at sanctuaries and fished sites appeared to be similar (stereo DOV assemblage:

sanctuary vs fished IMD = 0.288; stereo BRUV assemblage: sanctuary vs fished IMD =

0.164).

Many species occurred too infrequently to yield meaningful univariate analyses. Large,

predatory species and species of high eating quality were virtually absent at all

locations. There were marginally less Trygonoptera ovalis at sanctuaries compared to

fished sites, and significantly more Scorpis georgianus and less Parma mccullochi at

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone compared to its fished control sites (t = 3.845; P < 0.005; t

= -3.850; P < 0.005; Table 3.3, Fig. 3.2a). The interaction term for taxonomic

distinctness was significant (Table 3.3, Fig. 3.2b). This was due to a lower taxonomic

distinctness at The Lumps sanctuary zone compared to its fished control sites as

indicated by the plot (the pair-wise test did not detect any significant differences).

Figure 3.2 Mean density (+ 1 SE) of Parma mccullochi (a) and mean (+ 1 SE) taxonomic

distinctness, surveyed by stereo DOV at sanctuary (n = 12) and fished zones (n = 24) (b). Sanctuary

zones are clear bars, fished sites are solid bars.

Page 72: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

58

Table 3.3. Results of significant permutational ANOVAs for species abundances surveyed by stereo DOV and stereo BRUV. The significance of results is indicated:

*p < 0.10, **p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

Method Variable Wave exposure (W) Zoning (Z) W x Z Site

MS F P MS F P MS F P MS F P

DOV Scorpis georgianus 0.398 4.238a 0.014** 0.463 4.928a 0.026** 0.519 5.519a 0.005*** 0.056a 1.048 0.463

DOV Neatypus obliquus 0.676 5.407 0.097* 0.560 4.481 0.126 0.311 1.000 0.496 0.125 1.941 0.155

DOV Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus 1.028 4.608a 0.013** 0.167 0.747a 0.315 0.014 0.062a 0.891 0.194a 0.733 0.513

DOV Chelmonops curiosus 3.111 10.061a <0.001*** 0.042 0.135a 0.613 0.222 0.719a 0.515 0.375a 1.253 0.275

DOV Parma mccullochi 137.528 13.838a <0.001*** 73.500 7.395a 0.008*** 45.181 4.546a 0.012** 12.083a 1.203 0.309

DOV Parma occidentalis 15.028 8.873a <0.001*** 0.667 0.394a 0.521 0.389 0.230a 0.803 1.111a 0.522 0.698

DOV Taxonomic distinctness 3332.481 7.606a 0.001*** 794.258 1.813a 0.182 1368.124 3.123a 0.047** 90.296a 0.214 0.882

BRUV Trygonoptera ovalis 0.241 1.671 a 0.198 0.454 3.149 a 0.082* 0.148 1.028 a 0.372 0.083 a 0.429 0.768

BRUV Meuchenia hippocrepis 4.463 7.101a 0.002*** 0.926 1.473 a 0.217 0.287 0.457a 0.641 0.278 a 0.510 0.778

BRUV Coris auricularis 130.889 3.212 a 0.042** 21.333 0.524 a 0.495 4.361 0.107 a 0.905 28.722 a 1.151 0.352 Superscript a for Site indicates the MS value was pooled with the residual and the resultant value used as the denominator for the correspondingly superscripted F-ratios

Variables were untransformed

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 73: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

59

Size structure of targeted fishes

There was evidence for an effect of zoning on the size structure of the targeted fish

assemblage (i.e. pooled targeted species) surveyed by stereo BRUV. PERMANOVA

showed there was a marginally significant difference between the size structure of the

targeted assemblages at sanctuaries and fished sites (Table 3.4). Frequency distribution

plots showed a larger percentage of the targeted assemblage was in larger size

categories at sanctuaries compared to fished sites (Fig. 3.3a). The targeted assemblage

at sanctuaries had a normal distribution while the assemblage at fished zones showed a

linear decline (Fig. 3.3a).

Analysis of each individual size class showed the abundance of the 201 - 250 mm size

class was significantly higher inside sanctuaries compared to fished sites (F1,48 = 8.558,

P < 0.005). The wave exposure, interaction and site terms were not significant (F2,48 =

1.784, P = 0.180, F2,48 = 2.007, P = 0.142; F3,30 = 0.731, P = 0.566). Coris auricularis

appeared to be an important driver of this zoning effect, accounting for over 70% of the

individuals in this size class at sanctuaries, and being greater than 2 times more

abundant at sanctuaries compared to fished sites within this size class. Meuschenia

hippocrepis and Notolabrus parilus and one individual of Arripis georgianus were also

found within this size class at sanctuaries. The interaction term for the 251 – 300 mm

size class was marginally significant (F2,48 = 2.947, P < 0.10). The site term was not

significant (F3,30 = 0.246, P = 0.906). This interaction effect was due to a higher

abundance at The Lumps sanctuary zone compared to its fished control sites as

indicated by the plot (the pair-wise test did not reveal any significant differences). The

abundance of the 301 – 350 mm size class was significantly higher at The Lumps

sanctuary zone compared to its fished control sites (F2,48 = 7.960, P < 0.005; pair-wise

test: t = 4.398, P < 0.001). The site term was not significant (F3,30 = 1.000, P = 0.562).

Page 74: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

60

Table 3.4. Permutational ANOVAs of abundance in 10 size classes, surveyed using stereo BRUV and stereo DOV, on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities. Significant

results are indicated: *p < 0.10, **p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

Method Assemblage Wave exposure (W) Zoning (Z) W x Z Site

MS F P MS F P MS F P MS F P

BRUV Targeted 1809.611* 0.724a 0.669 5046.882 2.018a 0.089* 4074.929 1.630a 0.120 2484.955a 0.840 0.575

BRUV Non-targeted 3149.368 0.659 0.736 6226.096 1.304 0.313 4178.174 0.875 0.572 4775.790 1.651 0.076*

DOV Targeted 5837.210 1.948a 0.081* 5789.505 1.932a 0.117 3394.420 1.133a 0.324 2671.767a 0.819 0.589

DOV Non-targeted 11651.501 3.903a <0.001*** 3428.652 1.149a 0.627 5828.427 1.952a 0.044** 3629.581a 1.221 0.253 Data were ln (x + 1) transformed

Superscript a for Site indicates the MS value was pooled with the residual and the resultant value used as the denominator for the correspondingly superscripted F-ratios

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 75: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

61

Figure 3.3 Length-frequency distribution of targeted species (pooled) surveyed by stereo BRUV at

sanctuary and fished zones (sanctuary zones: n = 18, fished sites: n = 36) (a), mean (+ 1 SE) length

of Coris auricularis and Parma mccullochi per stereo BRUV drop at sanctuary and fished zones

(sanctuary zones: n = 15 and 12, fished sites: n = 25 and 25, respectively) (b) and length-frequency

distribution of non-targeted species (pooled) surveyed by stereo DOV at Little Island sanctuary

zone and its fished control sites (sanctuary zones: n = 36, fished sites: n = 72) (c). Sanctuary zones

are clear bars, fished sites are solid bars.

Page 76: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

62

Univariate analysis of length data for targeted species showed the mean length of Coris

auricularis was significantly greater at sanctuaries compared to fished sites (stereo

BRUV: F1,34 = 4.799, P < 0.05; Fig. 3.3b). The wave exposure, interaction and site

erms were not significant (F2,34 = 1.678, P = 0.200; F2,34 = 2.404, P = 0.112; F3,31 =

0.980, P = 0.417). However, size data at the species-level was too infrequent for most

targeted species to allow for meaningful univariate analyses.

Size structure of non- targeted fishes

There was also evidence for an effect of zoning and wave exposure on the size structure

of the non-targeted fish assemblage (i.e. pooled non-targeted species) surveyed by

stereo DOV (‘wave exposure x zoning’, Table 3.4). We were interested in where

differences may lie, however a pairwise test is not available for this complex,

asymmetrical design. Abundance plots and frequency distribution plots indicated

differences were greatest offshore (Fig. 3.3c). The assemblage at Little Island sanctuary

zone had a larger percentage in intermediate size classes and a smaller percentage in

larger size classes, compared to its fished control sites (Fig. 3.3c).

Analysis of each individual size class for the offshore dataset showed the abundance of

the 251 - 300 mm and 351 – 400 mm size classes were significantly greater inside Little

Island sanctuary zone compared to fished sites (F1,34 = 4.141, P < 0.05; F1,34 = 7.821, P

< 0.05. Note the latter did not meet assumptions of homogeneity of variances). The site

terms were not significant (F1,22 = 0.961, P = 0.529; F1,22 = 0.355, P = 1.000).

Kyphosus cornelii appeared to be an important driver of this interaction effect.

Univariate analyses of length data for non-targeted species showed the mean length of

Parma mccullochi was significantly greater at fished sites compared to sanctuaries

Page 77: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

63

(stereo BRUV: F1,31 = 8.674, P < 0.01, Fig. 3.3b). The interaction and site terms were

not significant (F2,31 = 0.008, P = 0.991; F3,28 = 0.487, P = 0.687). However, size data

at the species-level was too infrequent for most non-targeted species to allow for

meaningful univariate analyses.

Wave exposure

Abundance

Wave exposure significantly affected the assemblages surveyed by stereo DOV (Table

3.1). A marginally significant effect of wave exposure on the assemblages surveyed by

stereo BRUV was detected by PERMANOVA (F2,3 = 1.701, P < 0.10). The interaction

and site terms were not significant (F2,3 = 1.085, P = 0.413; F3,30 = 1.149, P = 0.235).

Wave exposure did not appear to affect assemblage variability (stereo DOV

assemblage: inshore v midshore IMD = -0.418; inshore v offshore IMD = -0.399,

midshore v offshore IMD = 0.042; stereo BRUV assemblage: inshore v midshore IMD

= 0.066; inshore v offshore IMD = 0.199, midshore v offshore IMD = 0.122).

An effect of wave exposure on the structure of the assemblages surveyed by stereo

DOV and stereo BRUV was also detected by CAP (stereo DOV: Trace statistic =

0.780, P < 0.001; stereo BRUV: Trace statistic = 0.573, P < 0.01), although some

assemblages had low distinctiveness as indicated by low leave-one-out allocation

success rates (stereo DOV: inshore = 63.89:, midshore = 66.67%, offshore = 41.67%;

stereo BRUV: inshore = 55.56%, midshore = 27.78%, offshore = 66.67%; Fig. 3.4a,

3.4c). The CAP more clearly discriminated among inshore, midshore and offshore

wave exposure levels for assemblages surveyed by stereo DOV compared to stereo

BRUV. High correlations of individual species with canonical axes corresponding to

wave

Page 78: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

64

Figure 3.4 Canonical analysis of principal coordinates (CAP) for wave exposure among inshore,

midshore and offshore sites showing ordination taken from stereo DOV (a), biplot of species

showing correlations (│r │ > 0.28) with canonical axes taken from stereo DOV (b), ordination

taken from stereo BRUV (c) and biplot of species showing correlations (│r │ > 0.28) with canonical

axes taken from stereo BRUV (d), on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities of ln(x + 1)

transformed data

Page 79: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

65

exposure are shown (Fig. 3.4b, 3.4d). Interestingly, CAP could more clearly distinguish

between a ‘nearshore’ assemblage (comprised of the inshore and midshore data) and the

offshore assemblage (stereo DOV data: Trace statistic = 0.323, P < 0.001; stereo

BRUV data: Trace statistic = 0.485, P < 0.005), with each of these assemblages being

distinct in multivariate space (stereo DOV data: nearshore = 80.56%, offshore =

63.89%; stereo BRUV data: nearshore = 83.33%, offshore = 66.67%).

Univariate analyses of abundance data showed Meuschenia hippocrepis was

significantly more abundant at offshore sites compared to inshore sites and midshore

sites (t = 3.4192; P < 0.005; t = 3.27; P < 0.05; Table 3.3, Fig. 3.5a) and Coris

auricularis was significantly more abundant at offshore sites compared to inshore sites

(t = 2.271; P < 0.10; Table 3.3, Fig. 3.5b). Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus was

significantly more abundant at inshore sites compared to midshore sites and offshore

sites (t = -2.470; P < 0.05; t = -2.647; P < 0.05; Table 3.3, Fig. 3.5c), as was

Chelmonops curiosus (t = -3.597; P < 0.005; t = -4.196; P < 0.001; Table 3.3, Fig.

3.5d) and Parma occidentalis (t = -3.714; P < 0.005; t = -2.305; P < 0.10; Table 3.3,

Fig. 3.5e). There was a marginally significant effect of wave exposure on Neatypus

obliquus, where mean abundance appeared to decrease as wave exposure increased

(Table 3.3).

Size structure

There was a marginally significant effect of wave exposure on the size structure of the

targeted fish assemblages surveyed by stereo DOV (Table 3.4). No individual size

classes responded significantly to wave exposure. The frequency distribution plot

showed a smaller percentage of the targeted assemblage was in larger size categories at

offshore sites compared to inshore and midshore sites (Fig. 3.6a).

Page 80: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

66

Figure 3.5 Mean relative abundance (+ 1 SE) of Meuschenia hippocrepis (a) and Coris auricularis

(b) surveyed by stereo BRUV at inshore, midshore and offshore sites (n = 18 per wave exposure

level), and mean density (+ 1 SE) of Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus (c) Chelmonops curiosus (d) and

Parma occidentalis (e) and mean total number of species (+ 1 SE) (f), surveyed by stereo DOV at

inshore, midshore and offshore sites (n = 36 per wave exposure level).

Page 81: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

67

Figure 3.6 Length-frequency distribution of targeted species (pooled) surveyed by stereo DOV at

inshore, midshore and offshore sites (a) and mean (+ 1 SE) length of Parma mccullochi per stereo

BRUV drop at inshore, midshore and offshore sites (inshore: n = 12, midshore: n = 14 offshore: n =

11) (b).

Analyses of species-level data showed there was a significant effect of wave exposure

on the mean length of Parma mccullochi (F2,31 = 10.352, P < 0.001; Fig. 3.6b), which

decreased as wave exposure increased (inshore vs offshore t = -3.951, P < 0.01,

midshore vs offshore t = -2.247, P < 0.10; Fig. 3.5b.).

Rugosity and depth

Rugosity and depth did not vary according to the main factors of interest or their

interaction. There was no significant relationship between rugosity or depth and the

multivariate fish assemblage. Rugosity and depth explained only 2.29% and 1.03%,

respectively, of the variation in the multivariate assemblage surveyed by stereo BRUV,

and 1.36% and 2.09%, respectively, of the variation in the assemblage surveyed by

Page 82: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

68

stereo DOV. Although some species correlations with rugosity and depth were

statistically significant, very low r2 values and large amount of scatter indicated that

only a small amount of variation in the observed assemblages can be explained by

rugosity and depth.

DISCUSSION

We found evidence for effects of MPA zoning and wave exposure on the abundance,

size structure and diversity of the fish assemblages at Marmion Marine Park. Apart

from the direct impacts of fishing pressure, we suggest that important processes could

include competition from larger targeted species in sanctuary zones, interactions

involving the highly abundant, territorial herbivore Parma mccullochi, bottom-up

control by algae and invertebrates and morphological susceptibility to physical

disturbance from wave action.

The marginally significant effect of zoning on the size structure of the targeted

assemblages was the most convincing evidence that we observed to indicate a direct

effect of protection from fishing on reef fishes. A larger percentage of the targeted

assemblages was in larger size categories at sanctuary zones compared to fished sites.

Interestingly, officers from Western Australia’s Department of Fisheries have reported

that anglers are now keeping low eating-quality species such as Coris auricularis at

Marmion Marine Park (N. Sumner, unpublished data), and it is this species that

appeared to be driving the observed effects on size structure. The mean length of C.

auricularis was significantly greater in sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Decreases

in the mean size of target fishes and reductions in the abundance of larger fishes are one

Page 83: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

69

of the most widely reported and quickly observed changes when fishing effort increases

(Russ, 1991). Larger individuals may be subject to greater fishing pressure from

anglers as a result of fisher preferences (among and within species) and the protection of

smaller individuals by legal size limits, where limits apply.

The significant effect of zoning on fish abundance structure could be attributable, in

part, to indirect effects of protection from fishing. Sanctuaries were characterised by

Kyphosus cornelii (Western Buffalo Bream). Fished sites were characterised by Parma

mccullochi (Common Scalyfin), Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus (Red-lipped Morwong)

and Notolabrus parilus (Brown-spotted Wrasse), and had a marginally higher

abundance of Trygonoptera ovalis (Bight Stingaree) compared to sanctuaries.

Ecological release with the loss of the larger individuals of Coris auricularis at fished

sites may contribute to some of the species associations with fished sites. Ecological

release with the loss of larger and more fishing-susceptible competitors or predators has

been suggested to explain an increase in the abundance of damselfishes in unprotected

coral reefs (McClanahan et al., 1999).

An inverse relationship between the highly abundant, territorial herbivore Parma

mccullochi and Panulirus cygnus (Western Rock Lobster) could also contribute to the

strong association and significantly larger size of P. mccullochi at fished sites. P.

cygnus is heavily targeted by fishers in the Park, and is significantly more abundant at

sanctuaries compared to fished sites (Chapter 2). For example, competition for shelter

could occur. P. mccullochi territories are centred on shelter holes and P. cygnus

occupies resident shelters for extended periods of time (K. Ryan, pers. obs.).

Page 84: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

70

Interspecific interactions involving Parma mccullochi and fish species are also likely to

occur. Common on southern Australian coastal reefs, Parma victoriae has been shown

to aggressively defend preferred food (red algae) that is in short supply from other

herbivores and conspecifics (Norman and Jones, 1984; Jones and Norman, 1986).

Kyphosus cornelii could characterise sanctuaries due to competition with P. mccullochi

at fished sites. Both species are known to consume red algae (Edgar, 2000), although

the nature of specific food preferences is unknown. Alternatively, K. cornelii may

compete with the omnivorous species associated with fished sites. Interestingly, K.

cornelii and numerous other large non-targeted fish species have also been found to be

more abundant inside MPAs compared to fished sites at the Houtman Abrolhos Islands,

Western Australia, although the driving mechanism is unclear (Watson et al., 2007).

The nature of competitive interactions involving species P. mccullochi would be an

interesting direction for future research.

Bottom-up control of fish could contribute to the observed effects of zoning on the fish

assemblage composition. The invertebrate assemblages at sanctuaries are significantly

different to fished sites, including a characterisation of fished sites by the urchin

Heliocidaris erythrogramma (Chapter 2). Notolabrus parilus is a known predator of H.

erythrogramma (Howard, 1988) and is also strongly associated with fished sites. The

abundance of invertebrate prey items could similarly explain the significantly higher

abundance of the predator Trygonoptera ovalis (Striped Stingaree) at fished sites.

Bottom-up control by invertebrates may contribute to the higher fish diversity that we

observed at fished sites compared to The Lumps sanctuary zone, given almost half of

the fish species surveyed by stereo DOV at fished sites preyed on invertebrates.

Macroalgae are recognised food and habitat resources (Russell, 1983; Ebeling and Laur,

1985; Holbrook and Schmitt, 1988; Andrew and Jones, 1990; Scharf et al., 2006) which

Page 85: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

71

also differs according to zoning at Marmion Marine Park (Chapter 4). Relatively

palatable red and brown algae characterised sanctuaries (Chapter 4), providing an

alternative hypothesis for the strong association of Kyphosus cornelii with these zones.

Manipulative research to investigate the nature and strength of trophic interactions is

required.

It is noteworthy that the effects of zoning on fish abundance and size structure were not

driven by traditionally targeted species. Large, predatory fish species were virtually

absent from Marmion Marine Park: only one individual of each of Achoerodus gouldii

(Western Blue Groper) and Choerodon rubescens (Baldchin Groper) was recorded and

no individuals of Glaucosoma hebraicum (West Australian Dhufish) were recorded

(although sightings in Park waters have occurred on rare occasions, K. Ryan, pers.

obs.). Anecdotal evidence collected from local fishers, some of whom have fished in

the area since about 1935, suggests that these species have been heavily overfished,

despite once being common on the onshore and inshore reefs in the Marmion Marine

Park area (Farrell, 1985; Ottaway and Simpson, 1986; Ottaway et al., 1987; Fig. 3.7a,

b.). Anecdotal evidence regarding the nearshore decline in the abundance of these

species has been reported to the Western Australian Department of Fisheries (Hesp et

al., 2002 for G. hebraicum). G. hebraicum are territorial for most of the year, choosing

a particular part of the reef (McKay, 1997). In shallow water, it is not uncommon for

large individuals to take residence in a cave and remain there for some years (McKay,

1997), making them susceptible to overfishing on the heavily fished reefs at Marmion

Marine Park. Furthermore, the smaller, traditionally targeted predatory species such as

Pseudocaranx dentex (Skipjack Trevally) and Arripis georgianus (Australian Herring)

were recorded in very low abundances and did not vary with zoning. Sillaginodes

punctatus (King George Whiting) was not recorded by the surveys. Although this

Page 86: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

72

Figure 3.7 George Kirk with an 18 kg Glaucosoma hebraicum, caught 4 kilometres off Hillarys in

the Marmion Marine Park area, 1953. Source: Marmion Angling & Aquatic Club archives, In

Ottaway et al. (1987) (a). A 35 kg Achoerodus gouldii, speared approximately 2 km off Whitfords

Beach in the Marmion Marine Park area. Won the Marlin Trophy in 1957 for the largest fish

caught in Australia that year. Source: W Sharpe-Smith, In Ottaway et al. (1987) (b).

species occurs in sand habitats, it has been observed in the Park immediately adjacent to

reef areas in low abundances (K. Ryan, pers. obs.). In contrast to our surveys, P.

dentex, A. georgianus and S. punctatus were sampled in relatively high abundances by

BRUV in 2004 in similar habitat at the Shoalwater Islands Marine Park (approximately

60 km south of Marmion Marine Park) (K. Ryan, unpublished data), where fishing

pressure is lower.

(a) (b)

Page 87: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

73

We consider that the marginal nature of the observed effects on size structure and the

absence of an effect of MPA zoning on traditionally targeted species are most likely an

outcome of the extremely small size of the sanctuaries. Claudet at al. (2008) and

Friendlander et al. (2007) have shown that response to protection is dependent on

reserve size, contrary to previous empirical studies that found no effect of size (Cote´ et

al. 2001; Halpern 2003; Guidetti & Sala 2007). These findings support the many

theoretical studies that suggest that large reserves should be more effective for

conservation purposes than small reserves (for example, Botsford et al. 2003; Roberts et

al. 2003). Small reserves such as St. Lucia, West Indies (0.026 km2) (Roberts and

Hawkins, 1997) and Apo Island, Phillipines (0.11 km2) (Russ and Alcala, 1996) can

demonstrate ecological effects, but at some point an MPA will become too limited in

area relative to the movement of fishes to allow stock build up (Roberts and Hawkins,

1997) or to be self-sustaining. Small MPAs may not support populations that are large

enough to persist, especially for mobile species that often cross MPA boundaries. If

populations cannot sustain themselves, the MPA will serve neither conservation nor

fishery management objectives (Roberts et al., 2003).

It is also possible that changes to the fish assemblages may have occurred at Marmion

Marine Park to the extent that they preclude a return to the pre-altered state (Hutchings,

2000; Scheffer et al., 2001), as many collapsed stocks have not recovered to former

abundance levels (Hutchings, 2000). Reductions in fishing pressure, although clearly

necessary for population recovery, are often insufficient. Recovery is influenced by life

history, habitat alteration, changes to species assemblages and genetic responses to

exploitation (Hutchings and Reynolds, 2004). Recovery may also be influenced by

reductions in population growth attributable to the Allee effect, where the fitness or

population growth rate of populations decreases with decreasing population size or

Page 88: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

74

density (Allee, 1931). Little empirical evidence for the occurrence of Allee effects

exists in the literature (Myers et al., 1995; Gascoigne and Lipcius, 2004), although this

may be attributable to inappropriate methodology or temporal time lags, in contrast to a

lack of Allee effects per se (Gascoigne and Lipcius, 2004). The extremely small size of

the sanctuary zones at Marmion Marine Park do not provide sufficient spatial protection

to investigate the recovery of species with confidence.

Alternatively, recovery of the traditionally targeted species in sanctuaries may require

more time to occur, particularly given stocks are currently of very low abundance.

Slow-growing, late-maturing species such as Glaucosoma hebraicum are likely to

respond much more slowly to protection from fishing than short-lived, fast-growing

species (Halpern and Warner, 2002). Russ and Alcala (2004) and Micheli et al. (2004)

found that the abundance of large carnivorous fish increases in a non-saturating way for

at least 25 yr after reserve creation. Modelling of the rates of recovery of coral reef

fishes showed species richness recovered rapidly to an asymptote at 10 years

(McClanahan, 2007). The recovery response with time varied according to fish family,

where there appeared to be an ecological succession of dominance with an initial rapid

rise in labrids and scarids, followed by a slower rise in balistids and acanthurids, an

associated decline in sea urchins, and an ultimate dominance in calcifying algae

(McClanahan, 2007). However, there is evidence to suggest that MPA effects on

targeted species occur within 1 – 3 years after reserve declaration (Halpern and Warner,

2002) and many of the heavily targeted species at Marmion Marine Park such as

Pseudocaranx dentex have relatively high turnover compared to the time of reservation,

as indicated by minimum population doubling times of between 1 – 4 years (Froese and

Pauly, 2006). The apparent failure of species recovery at Marmion Marine Park is

unlikely to be due to time since protection.

Page 89: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

75

Some of the effects of zoning may not have been detected as an outcome of low

statistical power. However, we could pool the ‘site (wave exposure x zoning)’ term to

increase statistical power for many species, particularly those that had not been targeted

traditionally. Consequently, tests of main effects were tested with F-ratios containing

102 df (stereo DOV) or 48 df (stereo BRUV) in the denominator mean square. In the

event that power was an issue for some species, attempts by future researchers to

address this will be constrained by the current zoning scheme. The very small area of

fish habitat currently protected in sanctuaries makes increasing the sample size and

achieving true spatial randomization difficult, if not impossible at some sites. The small

total marine park area limits the availability of representative control sites. Sanctuaries

are not replicated within each level of wave exposure. Traditionally-targeted species

occurred too infrequently to allow meaningful univariate analyses. An investigation of

seasonal variability may indicate that higher counts can be achieved for some species by

sampling at a different time of year. For example, adult Glaucosoma hebraicum move

into shallower waters following the spawning period (November to February/March;

Cusack and Roennfeldt, 1987; McKay, 1997) and some large fish are taken close

inshore as the fish recommence feeding (McKay, 1997). However, seasonal migratory

movements are likely to affect only a component of the population, in which case

reserve effects (if they exist) will be detectable throughout the year, as shown for

Pagrus auratus in New Zealand (Willis et al., 2003a).

Wave exposure significantly affected the abundance and size structure of the fish

assemblages at Marmion Marine Park. Some species characteristic of offshore sites

exhibit morphological characteristics that are likely to facilitate their occurrence in high

wave energy environments. For example, small body size appears to be advantageous

at exposed sites. A smaller percentage of the assemblage were observed in larger size

Page 90: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

76

categories at offshore sites compared to inshore and midshore sites, Parma mccullochi

was of smaller mean size at offshore sites compared with inshore and midshore sites and

small species such as Torquigener pleurogramma (Common Blowfish) and Chromis

klunzingeri were characteristic of offshore sites. Small body size could allow species to

seek refuge from wave exposure or minimise mechanical resistance to wave energy.

Conversely, the large-bodied Kyphosus cornelii may characterise offshore sites due to a

positive relationship between size and swimming ability, as shown for temperate labrids

(Fulton and Bellwood, 2004). The adaptation of fin morphology to high energy

environments is also likely to be an effective strategy. High pectoral fin aspect ratio

appears to be characteristic of several species that are associated with offshore sites,

including the labrids Coris auricularis (Western King Wrasse) and Pseudolabris

biserialis (Red-banded Wrasse) and the pomacentrids Parma occidentalis (Western

Scalyfin) and Chromis klunzingeri (Black-headed Puller). Labrids and pomacentrids

propel themselves almost exclusively using their pectoral fins (Wainwright et al., 2002;

Walker and Westneat, 2002), and high pectoral fin aspect ratio has been shown to

facilitate swimming ability in this regard (Wainwright et al., 2002). Meuschenia

hippocrepis (Horseshoe Leatherjacket) swims using its well developed dorsal and anal

fins, and musculature developed for high-speed swimming and postural control as

shown for Meuschenia scaber (Davison, 1987) probably contributes to its

characterisation of offshore sites. In contrast, the low pectoral fin aspect ratios and

relative swimming speeds of Austrolabrus maculatus (Black-spotted Wrasse) and

Pictilabrus laticlavius (Senator Wrasse) could contribute to their association with more

sheltered sites, as observed elsewhere (Fulton and Bellwood, 2004).

Bottom-up control of fish assemblage structure could also contribute to the observed

effects of wave exposure. Many of the fish species which characterised midshore stereo

Page 91: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

77

BRUV assemblages utilise macroalgae as a food and habitat resource. Odax

cyanomelas (Herring Cale) has been shown to have a dietary preference for and close

association with large brown algae such as the local kelp Ecklonia radiata (Andrew and

Jones, 1990; Jones, 1992; Harman et al., 2003) and Odax acroptilus (Rainbow Fish)

and the wrasses Austrolabrus maculatus and Pictilabrus laticlavus are also commonly

sighted among macroalgae (Edgar, 2000). These fish species associations coincide with

the relatively high density of E. radiata observed at midshore sites (Phillips, 1997;

Kendrick et al., 1999), in contrast to the calcified, thick and coarse algae characteristic

of offshore sites (Chapter 4) and the strong association of algal turf with inshore sites

(Chapter 4). Conversely, turf algae appears to be the preferred food source for Parma

mccullochi (K. Ryan, pers. obs.), and is likely to contribute to its strong association with

inshore sites. An increase with territorial pomacentrids and algal turf with decreasing

exposure has been found elsewhere (Floeter et al., 2006). The planktivorous Chromis

klunzingeri characterised offshore sites, where strong water motion could be related to

plankton provision, as also proposed by Floeter et al. (2006). Research regarding diet

and food preferences are required to further interpret correlations of species abundance

patterns and the relative importance of top-down versus bottom-up control at Marmion

Marine Park.

This study provided evidence for effects of MPA zoning and wave exposure on the

structure of temperate fish assemblages. Stereo-video technology is a novel approach

used to investigate the hypotheses of interest. Sanctuary zones significantly affected the

fish assemblage, despite their small size. Zones of this size are comparable to the

smallest reserves shown to affect fish abundance elsewhere (Roberts and Hawkins,

1997; Russ and Alcala, 1996). However, zoning effects that indicated a direct effect of

protection from fishing were only marginal in nature. Further, zoning effects were not

Page 92: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

78

observed on those species that are known to be heavily targeted by local fishers

historically. Anecdotal reports indicate that these targeted species were once abundant

and common in the Park, yet observations of such species in this study were few. The

apparent failure of zoning and traditional fisheries management techniques to protect

species from overfishing may be addressed by the creation of larger, spatially replicated

sanctuary zones within different levels of wave exposure at Marmion Marine Park.

Page 93: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

79

CHAPTER 4

Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave

exposure affect temperate, subtidal reef assemblages in

Western Australia III. Macroalgae

Page 94: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

80

ABSTRACT

Little is known about the effects of marine protected areas (MPAs) on macroalgae,

despite an abundance of literature about their effects on subtidal communities. The

effects of three sanctuary zones (no-take MPAs where fishing is prohibited) and wave

exposure on macroalgal assemblages were investigated in Marmion Marine Park,

Western Australia. The sanctuary zones are extremely small (0.061 – 0.279 km2)

compared to most reported in the literature. We used an asymmetrical sampling design

with surveys at one sanctuary zone and two fished sites (controls) at each of three levels

of wave exposure.

There was a marginally significant difference between assemblage structure at the

sanctuary zones and fished sites. Assemblages at sanctuaries were characterised by the

relatively palatable species Sargassum (subgenus Sargassum), Hypnea spp., Lobospira

bicuspidata and Botryocladia sonderi, while assemblages at fished sites were

characterised by the leathery Ecklonia radiata and the cartilaginous Pterocladia lucida.

Analyses of individual species biomass showed Euptilota articulata was significantly

more abundant in sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Trends suggest grazing by

invertebrates or fishes may vary with zoning at Marmion Marine Park, which may affect

macroalgae distribution.

Exposure to wave energy was also shown to have a significant influence on assemblage

structure. Offshore sites were characterised by species with relatively robust

morphologies such as Pterocladia lucida, Metamastophora flabellata, Rhodymenia

sonderi, Hennedya crispa and Curdiea obesa, in addition to opportunistic species such

as Sargassum (subgenus Arthrophycus). The species that characterised inshore sites

Page 95: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

81

had more delicate morphologies, including Botryocladia sonderi, Hypnea spp.,

Sargassum (subgenus Sargassum), Lobospira bicuspidata, Kallymenia cribrosa, Ulva

sp., and turf species. Midshore sites were characterised by Amphiroa anceps. Analyses

of individual species biomass showed that there was a significant effect of wave

exposure on H. crispa and B. sonderi. Morphological susceptibility to wave energy

appears to be an important influence on macroalgae assemblage structure at Marmion

Marine Park.

KEYWORDS: Algae, Disturbance, Ecklonia radiata, Grazing, Marine reserve,

Trophic cascade

INTRODUCTION

There are few studies of the effects of temperate marine protected areas (MPAs) on non-

targeted organisms such as macroalgae. Most temperate research has focused on direct

effects of MPAs on species targeted by fishing (Castilla and Duran, 1985; Babcock et

al., 1999; Tuya et al., 2000; Willis et al., 2003a; Garcia-Charton et al., 2004; Claudet et

al., 2006). Exceptions include research that has implicated trophic cascades as drivers

of effects on non-targeted species (reviewed in Sala et al., 1998; Pinnegar et al., 2000;

Tegner and Dayton, 2000). Trophic cascades are predatory interactions involving at

least three trophic levels, whereby primary carnivores, by suppressing herbivores,

increase plant abundance (Menge, 1995). In New Zealand, kelp forests were more

extensive in MPAs compared to adjacent fished sites, and the cover of this habitat

increased over time within the Leigh Marine Reserve (Babcock et al., 1999; Shears and

Babcock, 2003; Parsons et al., 2004). Experimental studies attributed these effects to a

Page 96: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

82

trophic cascade among algae, urchins and predators such as lobsters and fishes (sparids)

(Shears and Babcock, 2002). Protection zones in the Torre Guaceto marine reserve in

Italy have less extensive encrusting corallines (Fraschetti et al., 2005; Guidetti, 2006)

and more extensive turf-forming and erect-branched morphological groups (Guidetti,

2006). These results were attributed to a trophic cascade among fishes, urchins and

macroalgae, on the basis of distributional correlations and tethering experiments

(Guidetti, 2006). Alternatively, the driving mechanism for MPA effects on macroalgae

may be unclear (Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Ceccherelli et al., 2006), or MPAs may fail to

affect macroalgae at all (Benedetti-Cecchi et al., 2003; Micheli et al., 2005).

MPAs could affect macroalgae through mechanisms other than trophic cascades.

Effects of protection on macroalgae may occur via grazing by targeted omnivorous and

herbivorous fishes. Fish grazing has been observed (Andrew and Jones, 1990; Andrew,

1994; Sala and Boudouresque, 1997) or inferred by distributional correlation (Ruitton et

al., 2000) to affect macroalgal assemblages. However, evidence for fish grazing and its

importance as an indirect effect of protection from fishing is generally lacking.

Similarly, no convincing evidence for effects of MPAs on macroalgae from grazing by targeted

invertebrates were found, despite the importance of macroalgae to the diet of species such

as lobsters (e.g. Edgar, 1990; Jernakoff et al., 1993).

Effects of zoning on macroalgae at Marmion Marine Park are unknown. Marmion

Marine Park lies within south-western Australia's temperate waters. Enforcement of

regulations to prohibit fishing in three small sanctuary zones (no-take MPAs where

fishing is prohibited) totaling 0.42 km2 within the Park commenced in the year 2000.

Associated studies at Marmion Marine Park have observed an effect of zoning (i.e.

sanctuaries vs fished zones) on fish (Chapter 3) and invertebrates (Chapter 2). If trophic

Page 97: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

83

interactions exist or if grazing by species directly affected by zoning is important at

Marmion Marine Park, zoning may also affect macroalgae. Evidence for trophic

cascades and grazing processes is generally lacking for Australian sublittoral systems.

Furthermore, macroalgae assemblages at Marmion Marine Park are likely to be

relatively unique. The southern Australian algal flora has the highest proportion of

endemic species in the world (Bolton, 1994), attributed to a complex interaction of

biogeographical, ecological and phylogenetic processes over the last 160 million years

(Phillips, 2001).

Natural processes may confound investigations of the effects of MPA zoning. The three

sanctuary zones in Marmion Marine Park lie on separate reef systems. Wave energy is

refracted and dampened as it approaches successive reefs, producing a gradient of

physical disturbance ranging from highly exposed, offshore reefs to more sheltered,

inshore reefs (Phillips et al., 1997). Variability in the local wave climate is also

influenced by the wave shadow effect of Rottnest Island (west of the Park) and gaps in

the offshore reef system (Stul, 2005). Local researchers have observed trends that

indicate an effect of wave exposure on macroalgae in the Park (Hatcher, 1989; Phillips

et al., 1997; Kendrick et al., 1999). However, statistical testing of species-level patterns

and analysis of assemblage structure is lacking. Evidence for an effect of wave

exposure on macroalgal assemblages has been found in south-western and southern

Australia (Shepherd and Womersley, 1970; Collings and Cheshire, 1998; Goldberg and

Kendrick, 2004) and other parts of the world (Schiel et al., 1995; Graham et al., 1997;

Leliaert et al., 2000; Diez et al., 2003; Micheli et al., 2005; Tuya and Haroun, 2006).

Furthermore, the effects of zoning and subsequent trophic cascades have been shown to

vary among wave exposures (Micheli et al., 2005). We therefore considered that wave

Page 98: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

84

exposure was likely to be an important driver of macroalgal structure at Marmion

Marine Park.

Two questions were of primary interest in this mensurative study at Marmion Marine

Park: 1) does MPA zoning affect the structure, variability and diversity of macroalgal

assemblages? and 2) does wave exposure affect the structure, variability and diversity

of macroalgal assemblages? To address these questions, we compared the structure,

variability and diversity of assemblages and the biomass of individual species at (1)

sanctuary vs. fished zones, and (2) inshore vs. midshore vs. offshore reefs. We also

measured reef rugosity and depth as covariables to identify any relationships with the

assemblage that may confound interpretations of zoning or wave exposure.

METHODS

Sampling methods

The study area and sampling design has been described (Chapter 2). Sampling of

macroalgae occurred in the Austral spring between 10 – 14th November, 2003.

SCUBA divers harvested algae from eight randomly placed 0.25 m2 quadrats at each

site (totaling 72 quadrats). Only quadrats with densities of the kelp Ecklonia radiata > 2

were harvested to minimise any confounding effects of kelp density on understorey

algal assemblage structure (Kendrick et al., 1999). Sampling involved clearing quadrats

of all non-crustose macroalgae with the aid of a paint scraper. Wave exposures,

sanctuary zones and fished sites were sampled randomly through time. Macroalgae

were sorted to species level in the laboratory and wet weights were calculated. Algal

taxonomic nomenclature followed Huisman (2000).

Page 99: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

85

Rugosity was measured to indicate substratum complexity at six replicates per site. A

ten metre length chain (2 cm link lengths) was contoured to the sea bottom and the

linear distance between the tape end-points was recorded. Depth was recorded near the

beginning, middle and end of each replicate, and averaged to provide a mean depth per

replicate for analysis.

Statistical analyses

Multivariate analyses

The dataset contained the wet-weights of 46 species and one morphological group

called ‘turf’ (fine, filamentous and foliose species generally < 5 cm in height, for

example, Laurencia spp.; Appendix D). Permutational multivariate analysis of

variance (PERMANOVA, Anderson, 2001b; McArdle and Anderson, 2001) using the

computer program DISTLM (Anderson, 2004a) was undertaken to analyse the effect of

the sampling design on the macroalgal assemblage. Each term was tested individually

using an appropriate X matrix that was determined with the aid of the XMATRIX

program (Anderson, 2003) and appropriate denominator and permutable units (Chapter

2). A test for site (wave exposure x zoning) was carried out by permuting the

observation units. Data from fished areas were used given replication of sites occurred

only for fished areas. Tests were conducted using 9999 unrestricted random

permutations of the raw data units.

Canonical analysis of principal coodinates (CAP, Anderson and Robinson, 2003;

Anderson and Willis, 2003; Anderson, 2004b) was also used to generate tests of the null

hypotheses by permutation. Group distinctness in multivariate space was measured by

the leave-one-out allocation success (Lachenbruch and Mickey, 1968; Anderson and

Page 100: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

86

Willis, 2003). CAP plots were used to examine location differences among groups in

multivariate space and individual species likely to be responsible for any observed

differences were determined by examining correlations of species counts with the

canonical axis. Only species occurring in at least 5% of quadrats were included in plots.

Canonical correlations were tested using 9999 unrestricted random permutations of raw

data units. A correlation of |r| > 0.19 and < -0.19 was used as an arbitrary cut-off.

Overall dispersion and differences in relative within-group variability were investigated

by computing the comparative index of multivariate dispersion (IMD, Warwick and

Clarke, 1993) and CAP. CAP allows location differences among groups to be seen

which may otherwise be masked by patterns in overall dispersion in non-metric

multidimensional scaling (nMDS, Kruskal and Wish, 1978), although it does not allow

any assessment of either total or relative within-group variability (Anderson and Willis,

2003).

Non-parametric multivariate multiple regression (McArdle and Anderson, 2001) was

used to identify any correlations between the macroalgal assemblage and rugosity and

depth. PERMANOVA was used to investigate whether rugosity or depth varied

according to the factors of interest. The potential for rugosity and depth to confound

interpretations of significant effects of zoning and exposure was of concern where a

relationship of these variables with the assemblage existed and where rugosity or depth

varied according to the main effects. Thus, a regression of the assemblage data versus

the significant main effect was undertaken, treating rugosity and depth as covariables.

The analyses were done using the DISTLM computer program based with 9999

permutations under a reduced model (Anderson, 2001a).

Page 101: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

87

All analyses were based on Bray-Curtis dissimilarities (Bray and Curtis, 1957) and data

were transformed to y’ = ln(x + 1). An a priori significance level of α = 0.10 was used

in light of the small number of degrees of freedom for some of the tests.

Univariate analyses

Univariate analysis of variance (ANOVA) was undertaken to test hypotheses for species

that occurred in at least 5% of quadrats. ANOVA was also undertaken for taxonomic

distinctness and the Simpson’s index to investigate differences in diversity. These

measures will not be biased by the unequal sample sizes of the asymmetrical design,

unlike many of the traditional diversity measures (e.g. Clarke and Warwick, 1998).

Levene’s test (Levene, 1960) was used to check the assumption of homogeneity of

variances. Variables were fourth-root transformed as required to meet the assumption

of homogeneity of variances (p > 0.05). The Anderson-Darling test was used to check

the assumption of normality (Anderson and Darling, 1952). Most variables showed

significant non-normality. ANOVAs were therefore undertaken using a permutation

procedure using 9999 unrestricted random permutations of raw data units (Anderson,

2001b). The same general approach was used as per the multivariate analysis, although

the Euclidean distance was used. An a priori significance level of α = 0.10 was used

for interpreting univariate tests. Variables whose variances were not homogeneous after

transformation were interpreted using a more conservative significance level of α =

0.01.

Where the sites (wave exposure x zoning) term was not significant at P = 0.25, pooling

was undertaken to increase the power of the tests of the main effects (Winer, 1971;

Underwood, 1981). The site and residual sum of squares and their degrees of freedom

Page 102: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

88

were pooled to construct a ‘pooled’ mean square which was used as the denominator for

the tests of the main effects and the interaction. Where significant differences were

identified by the ANOVAs, Tukey’s pairwise comparisons were conducted where

appropriate (i.e. where site variability was not significant so that sites could be pooled).

Least squares regression was used to compare both depth and rugosity with species

biomass and taxonomic distinctness.

A more detailed description of the theory supporting the statistical analyses can be

found in Chapter 2.

RESULTS

MPA zoning

There was a marginally significant difference between the macroalgal assemblage

structure at the sanctuary zones and fished sites (CAP trace statistic = 0.129, P < 0.10).

The leave-one-out allocation success (measure of group distinctness in multivariate

space; Lachenbruch and Mickey, 1968; Anderson and Willis, 2003) shows that the

assemblage at sanctuaries was more difficult to predict than the assemblage at fished

sites, although both assemblages were distinct in multivariate space (sanctuaries:

66.67%; fished sites: 72.92%). Sargassum (subgenus Sargassum), Hypnea spp.,

Lobospira bicuspidata, Botryocladia sonderi and Dictyomenia sonderi characterised

sanctuaries and Ecklonia radiata and Pterocladia lucida characterised fished sites

(Table 4.1). The failure of the PERMANOVA to detect the

Page 103: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

89

Table 4.1. Correlations (│r │ > 0.19) between species and the canonical axis for zoning. CAP analyses were undertaken on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities of

ln(x + 1) transformed data.

Zoning Family Species │r│ Percent of sites Mean + 1 S.E.

Sanctuary Fished Sanctuary Fished

Sanctuary Sargassaceae Sargassum (Sargassum) 0.93 75.00 45.83 92.40 + 36.44 61.97 + 26.80

Sanctuary Hypneaceae Hypnea spp. 0.47 58.33 43.75 9.61 + 4.08 3.73 + 1.80

Sanctuary Dictyotaceae Lobospira bicuspidata 0.33 29.17 25.00 1.23 + 0.60 0.90 + 0.29

Sanctuary Rhodymeniaceae Botryocladia sonderi 0.23 20.83 6.25 1.58 + 0.93 0.46 + 0.28

Sanctuary Rhodomelaceae Dictyomenia sonderi 0.2 16.67 14.58 5.70 + 4.13 1.19 + 0.56

Fished Alariaceae Ecklonia radiata 0.38 100.00 100.00 2069.55 + 198.75 2042.03 + 188.91

Fished Gelidiaceae Pterocladia lucida 0.21 66.67 77.08 15.24 + 1.13 17.25 + 1.46 Species that occurred in less than 5% of transects were not included in this list.

Page 104: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

90

significant effect of zoning on the assemblage could be due to high correlation structure

unrelated to group differences or high variability between the fished sites (‘site’ was the

denominator Mean Square for the test of zoning and only data from fished areas were

used to test ‘site’, as discussed, Table 4.2). The power of statistical tests to detect

effects of zoning is limited by the lack of replication of sanctuary zones within each

level of wave exposure and the limited number of representative control sites available.

The multivariate variability of the assemblage at sanctuaries was similar to that of the

variability of the assemblage at fished sites (sanctuary vs fished IMD = 0.051).

Euptilota articulata had significantly higher mean biomass at sanctuaries compared to

fished sites (Table 4.3, Fig. 4.1a). Significant interactions were found for several

species offshore. Ulva sp. had higher mean biomass at Little Island sanctuary zone

compared to fished sites (Little Island SZ mean = 8.56 + 3.69 g se; fished sites mean =

0.76 + 0.33 g se; Table 4.3, Fig. 4.1b), as shown by the pair-wise test (t = 4.318, P <

0.001). Little Island sanctuary zone also appeared to have higher mean biomass of

Dictyomenia sonderi (Little Island SZ mean = 16.47 + 11.97 g se; fished sites mean =

0; Table 4.3, Fig. 4.1c) and Caulerpa racemosa (Little Island SZ mean = 1.04 + 1.04 g

se; fished sites mean = 0; Table 4.3, Fig. 4.1d) compared to fished sites. The diversity

measures did not differ according to zoning.

Page 105: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

91

Table 4.2. Permutational ANOVA of abundances (ln(x + 1) transformed) of 46 taxa, based on the Bray-Curtis measure of dissimilarity. Significant results

are indicated: **P < 0.05, ***P < 0.01.

Source df SS MS F P Denominator Permutable

MS units

Wave exposure = W 2 10873.937 5436.969 2.330 0.037** S (W x Z) 9 sites

Zoning = Z 1 1974.271 1974.271 0.846 0.568 S (W x Z) 9 sites

W x Z 2 3904.847 1952.423 0.836 0.627 S (W x Z) 9 sites

Site = S (W x Z) 3 7001.425 2333.808 2.872 <0.001*** Residual (fished) 48 obs units (fished only)

Residual (all) 63 52392.575 831.628

Residual (fished) 42 34129.266 812.602

Total 71 76147.055 P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few

possible permutations

Page 106: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

92

Table 4.3. Results of significant permutational ANOVAs for species abundances (untransformed). The significance of results is indicated: *P < 0.1,

**P < 0.05, ***P < 0.01.

Taxon Wave exposure (W) Zoning (Z) W x Z Site

MS F P MS F P MS F P MS F P

Euptilota articulata 104.912 1.416 a 0.246 367.984 4.965 a 0.024** 95.879 1.294 a 0.284 8.974 a 0.856 1

Ulva sp. 23.625 1.355 a 0.276 41.817 2.398 a 0.127 156.408 8.970 a <0.001*** 6.702 a 0.92 0.452

Dictyomenia sonderi 140.934 5.257 0.102 325.547 12.144 0.041** 572.288 21.349 0.016** 26.807 1.932 0.111

Caulerpa racemosa 0.729 0.754 a 0.698 1.319 1.364 a 0.273 2.308 2.386 a 0.061* 0.012 a 0.155 0.996

Botryocladia sonderi 30.404 3.575a 0.021** 19.965 2.347 a 0.110 19.157 2.252 a 0.109 1.436 a 0.363 0.858

Hennedya crispa 4.996 1.640 a 0.088* 2.565 0.842a 0.473 3.972 1.304 a 0.283 0.192 a 0.331 0.885

Plocamium preissianumb 377.57 2.152 0.262 5.336 0.03 0.872 14.618 0.083 0.922 175.459 2.779 0.007***

Sargassum (Arthrophycus)b 25988.872 3.424 0.168 3938.912 0.519 0.528 3933.695 0.518 0.644 7590.214 3.373 <0.001*** Superscript a for Site indicates the MS value was pooled with the residual and the resultant value used as the denominator for the correspondingly superscripted F-ratios

Superscipt b indicates species that did not meet the assumption of homogeneity of variances

P-values were obtained using 9999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 9999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few

possible permutations

Page 107: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

93

Figure 4.1 Mean biomass (+ 1 S.E.) of Euptilota articulata at sanctuary zones and fished sites (n = 24

for sanctuary zones and n = 48 for fished sites) (a) and Ulva sp. (b), Dictyomenia sonderi (c) and

Caulerpa racemosa (d), at sanctuary zones and fished sites (n = 8 for sanctuary zones and n = 16 for

fished sites). Open bars: sanctuaries; solid bars: fished sites.

Page 108: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

94

Wave exposure

Wave exposure significantly affected assemblage structure, as shown by the CAP

(Trace statistic = 0.877, P < 0.001, Fig. 4.2a). The leave-one-out allocation success

indicated that the assemblage at offshore sites was the most difficult to predict,

compared to the midshore assemblage which was the least variable and easiest to

predict, although all assemblages were distinct in multivariate space (inshore: 70.83%;

midshore: 75.00%; offshore: 62.50%). High correlations of individual species with

canonical axes corresponding to wave exposure effects are shown (Fig. 4.2b). The

significant effect of wave exposure on the assemblage structure was also detected by the

PERMANOVA, despite the significant smaller scale variability at the site level (Table

4.2). Multivariate variability did not appear to be significantly affected by wave

exposure (inshore v midshore IMD = 0.125, inshore v offshore IMD = -0.146, midshore

v offshore IMD = -0.250).

Wave exposure affected the mean biomass of Botryocladia sonderi (inshore mean =

2.13 ± 1.03 se, midshore mean = 0.23 ± 0.23 se, offshore mean = 0.14 ± 0.10 se;

Table 4.3, Fig. 4.3a), which had significantly higher mean biomass at inshore sites

compared to midshore sites (t = -2.807, P < 0.05) and offshore sites (t = -2.756, P <

0.05). Wave exposure also affected the mean biomass of Hennedya crispa (Table 4.3,

Fig. 4.3b). No significant differences were detected by the pair-wise test, however the

plot indicated the highest mean biomass at offshore reefs (inshore mean = 0, midshore

mean = 0.13 ± 0.13 se, offshore mean = 0.85 ± 0.61 se; Fig. 4.3b). Wave exposure

did not affect the diversity measures.

Page 109: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

95

Figure 4.2 Canonical analysis of principal coordinates (CAP) ordination for wave exposure among

inshore, midshore and offshore places (a) and biplot of high species correlations with canonical axes

(b), on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities of ln(x + 1) transformed data.

Page 110: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

96

Figure 4.3 Mean biomass (+ 1 S.E.) of Botryocladia sonderi (a) and Hennedya crispa (b) at inshore,

midshore and offshore sites (n = 24 per wave exposure level).

Several taxa showed highly significant variability between the fished control sites

(Table 4.3), which made the detection of main and interaction effects by the

PERMANOVA approach difficult. This resulted in insignificant test results for some

taxa that appeared to be affected by wave exposure, for example Plocamium

preissianum (inshore mean = 0.47 ± 0.47 g se, midshore mean = 0, offshore mean =

7.09 ± 3.05 g se; Fig. 4.4) and Sargassum (subgenus Arthrophycus) (inshore mean =

0.44 ± 0.32 g se, midshore mean = 0.41 ± 0.41 g se, offshore mean = 57.42 ± 21.81 g

se).

Rugosity and depth

There was a significant relationship between depth and the macroalgae assemblage

(F1,52 = 3.511; P < 0.005). There was no relationship between rugosity and the

macroalgae assemblage. Depth and rugosity did not statistically vary according to the

Page 111: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

97

Figure 4.4 Mean biomass of Plocamium preissianum (+ 1 S.E.) at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone (B),

Cow Rocks (C), Wanneroo Reef (W), The Lumps sanctuary zone (L), Whitford Rock (WR), Burns

Rocks (BR), Little Island sanctuary zone (LI), South Little (S) and North Little (N) (n = 8 per site).

Open bars: inshore sites; black bars: offshore sites.

main factors of interest or their interaction. It was possible that the significant

variability of depth between fished sites (F3,30 = 7.310; P < 0.005), probably at Burns

Rocks and Whitford Rock, could have masked the detection of a difference in depth

among wave exposures by the PERMANOVA. However, non-parametric multivariate

regression found a relationship between the effects of wave exposure and the

assemblage (F2,51 = 3.838; P < 0.001), and this was significant over and above the

effects of depth and rugosity (F2,49 = 2.977; P < 0.05). Thus, the observed effects of

wave exposure on macroalgae can not be explained by a relationship of assemblages

with depth or rugosity. Several species had significant correlations with depth and

rugosity, however the very low r2 values and large amount of scatter indicated that only

a small amount of variation could be explained by depth and rugosity.

Page 112: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

98

DISCUSSION

We found evidence for effects of MPA zoning and wave exposure on macroalgal

assemblage structure at Marmion Marine Park. The assemblage-level differences

between sanctuary zones and fished sites were primarily due to a characterisation of

sanctuaries by species that appear to be susceptible to disturbance, in contrast to

characterisation of fished sites by species more resistant to disturbance. Trends suggest

grazing by invertebrates or fishes may vary with zoning. Species correlations with the

canonical axes for wave exposure most likely reflects their morphological susceptibility

to physical disturbance from wave energy, with strong associations of species that

appear to exhibit adaptations to physical disturbance with offshore sites and species

with more delicate morphologies with inshore sites.

MPA zoning had a significant, albeit marginal, effect on the structure of macroalgal

assemblages. This effect was observed despite the small size of the sanctuaries

compared to other MPAs that have been shown to affect macroalgae. For example, the

largest sanctuary at Marmion Marine Park is approximately half the size of the smallest

fully protected area in the Torre Guaceto marine reserve in Italy (Fraschetti et al., 2005;

Guidetti, 2006) and 20 times smaller than the Leigh marine reserve in New Zealand

(Babcock et al., 1999; Shears and Babcock, 2003; Parsons et al., 2004).

The observed effects of zoning on macroalgae could be due to a trophic cascade

involving lobsters, urchins and macroalgae. Correlation of species abundance patterns

at Marmion Marine Park support this hypothesis: sanctuaries are characterised by a

significantly higher abundance of Panulirus cygnus and macroalgae species that appear

to be relatively susceptible to grazing, while fished sites are characterised by the grazer

Page 113: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

99

Heliocidaris erythrogramma and macroalgae species that appear to be less susceptible

to grazing. Euptilota articulata, Hypnea spp., Lobospira bicuspidata and Botryocladia

sonderi were characteristic of sanctuaries and are delicate (for example, fleshy or

filamentous), in contrast to the cartilaginous Pterocladia lucida and leathery Ecklonia

radiata which were characteristic of fished sites. Furthermore, a significantly higher

abundance of predators in sanctuary zones could influence grazing impacts by altering

urchin behaviour, including movement and home range (Hereu, 2005) and aggregation

(Bernstein et al., 1983; Scheibling and Hamm, 1991).

Species-specific manipulative evidence regarding the nature and strength of trophic

interactions in Western Australia is lacking. Urchin remains have been found in the

guts of juvenile Panulirus cygnus (Joll and Phillips, 1984) and adult P. cygnus (K.

Ryan, pers. obs.). Existing evidence for an effect of grazing by H. erythrogramma on

macroalgae in south-western Australia is inconclusive (Vanderklift and Kendrick,

2005). However, trophic cascades among lobsters, urchins and macroalgae have been

shown elsewhere (Breen and Mann, 1976; Shears and Babcock, 2002). Field research

in New Zealand and Australia MPAs has provided evidence for the importance of

predation of lobsters on urchins (Shears and Babcock, 2002; Pederson and Johnson,

2006), as have laboratory experiments from elsewhere (Tegner and Levin, 1983;

Mayfield et al., 2001). Experimental evidence for a considerable influence of H.

erythrogramma on attached macroalgae has been found (Wright and Steinberg, 2001),

including the formation of urchin barrens habitat in Tasmania (Valentine and Johnson,

2005).

Top-down control of macroalgae by fishes may occur at Marmion Marine Park. The

fish assemblages at sanctuaries are significantly different compared to fished sites, with

differences primarily being driven by omnivorous and herbivorous fish species (Chapter

Page 114: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

100

3). Kyphosus cornelii (Western Buffalo Bream) was characteristic of sanctuaries and

Parma mccullochi (Common Scalyfin), Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus (Red-lipped

Morwong) and Notolabrus parilus (Brown-spotted Wrasse) were characteristic of fished

sites (Chapter 3). Unfortunately, information regarding the diet and food preferences

for local fish species is limited. P. mccullochi probably displays food preferences for

red algae analogous to P. victoriae (Jones and Norman, 1986). No differences in the

distribution and abundance of algae were detected when comparing P. victoriae

territories to adjacent areas (Jones, 1992). Some evidence has been found for an

influence of temperate fish grazers on macroalgae elsewhere (Andrew and Jones, 1990;

Andrew, 1994; Sala and Boudouresque, 1997; Ruitton et al., 2000), although there is

more evidence for the impact of the distribution of macroalgae on temperate fish

populations than vice versa (Choat, 1982; Jones, 1988). Some fishes have been shown

to selectively feed on fleshy red forms and delicate, early-successional, sheet-like and

filamentous green algae, while rejecting or ignoring the more structured, late-

successional and calcareous brown and red algae (Montgomery, 1977; Montgomery and

Gerking, 1980; Horn et al., 1982). The importance of fish grazing by P. mccullochi and

other species that are relatively abundant in heavily fished temperate systems such as

Marmion Marine Park is worthy of further investigation.

Higher mean biomass of Ulva sp., Dictyomenia sonderi and Caulerpa racemosa at

Little Island sanctuary zone relative to its fished control sites is noteworthy. Hatcher

(1989) attributed differences in calcareous and filamentous algal cover between Little

Island and other offshore sites to the shelter from wave exposure offered by the island.

We consider that a relatively higher nutrient loading from guano is a more likely

explanation of the observations of this study, given we sampled on exposed sections of

reef. Sea birds such as Phalacrocorax varius utilize the rocky outcrops and sandy shore

Page 115: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

101

of Little Island, and high nutrient concentrations have been shown to favour species

such as Ulva (Lavery et al., 1991).

Exposure to wave energy significantly affected macroalgal assemblage structure. Most

species that were characteristic of offshore sites where physical disturbance from wave

energy is high have morphologies that are thick, coarse, flattened, calcified and/or

cartilaginous, including Curdiea obesa Metamastophora flabellata, Pterocladia lucida,

Rhodymenia sonderi and Hennedya crispa (although exceptions were Plocamium

preissianum and Euptilota articulata). Littler and Littler (1984) showed species that

had similar morphologies were more resistant to disturbance than delicate sheet-like and

filamentous forms, where such species allocate resources to environmental resistance

and anti-herbivore defenses as opposed to photosynthetic components and productivity.

In contrast, the significantly higher biomass of Botryocladia sonderi and the strong

association of Hypnea spp., Sargassum (subgenus Sargassum), Lobospira bicuspidata,

Kallymenia cribrosa, Ulva sp. and algal turf with inshore sites is likely to be an

outcome of relatively delicate morphologies with a high susceptibility to disturbance

(e.g. Kendrick, 1991).

The opportunistic canopy genus Sargassum (subgenus Arthrophycus) may be

characteristic of offshore sites as an outcome of the indirect effects of physical

disturbance on the common kelp Ecklonia radiata. E. radiata is a canopy-forming

species and is the dominant foliose alga on most local reefs (Phillips et al., 1997;

Kendrick et al., 2004). The partial or complete removal of kelp commonly occurs as a

result of high wave energy during storms (Kennelly, 1987b ; Graham et al., 1997). This

disturbance results in small-scale species turnover as gaps in the kelp bed are colonised

by a range of ephemeral, opportunistic species such as Sargassum spp., and increases

Page 116: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

102

species richness and alters assemblage composition (Kennelly, 1987a; Collings and

Cheshire, 1998; Kendrick et al., 2004). However, we did not observe effects of wave

exposure on diversity in this study. This may have been due to the stratification of

sampling according to kelp density which was undertaken to minimise confounding

effects of kelp density on understorey algal assemblage structure (Kendrick et al.,

1999).

Top-down effects from invertebrate and fish grazers may also contribute to the effects

of wave exposure on macroalgal assemblage structure. For example, midshore sites are

partly characterised by the grazers Heliocidaris erythrogramma and Phyllacanthus

irregularis (Chapter 2) and omnivores Austrolabrus maculatus and Pictilabrus

laticlavus (Chapter 2). The strong association of the flattened and calcified Amphiroa

anceps at midshore sites could thus be an outcome of a resistance to such grazing

pressures. Other forms of macroalgae which appear resistant to disturbance are

characteristic of offshore sites, where grazers Meuschenia hippocrepis and Parma

occidentalis are most abundant (Chapter 3). The relative importance of grazing as a

local process is virtually unknown and manipulative research is required.

This study provides evidence that wave exposure, and to a lesser extent MPA zoning,

are important drivers of the structure of macroalgal assemblages at Marmion Marine

Park. Effects were observed despite the small size of the sanctuary zones and their lack

of replication within wave exposures. Species correlations with zoning and wave

exposure canonical axes appeared to reflect their susceptibility to biological and

physical disturbance, providing support for the hypothesis that morphological

adaptations of algae can be related to the disturbance level (Littler and Littler, 1984;

Cole et al., 2001; Kawamata, 2001; Blanchette et al., 2002; Kitzes and Denny, 2005;

Page 117: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

103

Fowler-Walker et al., 2006). A dynamic interplay between physical and biological

disturbance processes is likely to exist.

Page 118: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

104

Page 119: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

105

CHAPTER 5

Effects of small, no-take marine protected areas on the

western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus persist through

time

Page 120: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

106

ABSTRACT

The effects of marine protected area (MPA) zoning on the abundance and size structure

of the migratory Panulirus cygnus (Western Rock Lobster) were investigated in

Marmion Marine Park, Western Australia. The sanctuary zones (no-take marine

protected areas where fishing is prohibited) within Marmion Marine Park are extremely

small (0.061 – 0.279 km2) compared to most reported in the literature. An asymmetrical

sampling design that involved surveys at one sanctuary zone and two fished sites

(controls) at each of three levels of wave exposure was used. Two studies investigated

the generality of effects across different scales of temporal replication: a study in the

2005/2006 fishing season and an interannual study from 2003 – 2006.

The abundance and size structure of Panulirus cygnus was significantly affected by

protection from fishing in sanctuary zones. The mean abundance of legal size lobsters

and total abundance of lobsters were higher at inshore and offshore sanctuaries

compared to fished control sites during the fishing season study. The mean abundance

of legal size lobsters was significantly higher in sanctuaries compared to fished sites

during the interannual study. These zoning effects did not vary according to the time of

survey. Large (> 97 mm), sexually mature lobsters were observed only at sanctuaries,

with the exception of one individual. A higher proportion of the population was

observed in larger size classes at sanctuaries compared to fished control sites during

both studies.

Some observations indicated the sanctuaries provide Panulirus cygnus with only a

temporary refuge from exploitation due to emigration. There was no evidence for a

build up in the abundance or proportion of legal size lobsters in sanctuaries over

Page 121: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

107

consecutive years, and the abundance of large lobsters observed in the sanctuaries

decreased with the duration of the fishing season. A more permanent refuge may be

achieved by increasing the size and number of sanctuaries.

KEYWORDS: Asymmetrical analysis of variance, Fishing, Marine reserve, Migration,

Size structure, Temporal variation

INTRODUCTION

Spiny and clawed lobsters are heavily exploited in many countries. Protection from

fishing in Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) has increased the abundance and size of

several lobster species, including Jasus edwardsii (Babcock et al., 1999; Edgar and

Barrett, 1999; Kelly et al., 2000; Davidson et al., 2002), Panulirus argus (Acosta and

Robertson, 2003; Cox and Hunt, 2005), Panulirus interruptus (Iacchei et al., 2005) and

Homarus americanus (Rowe, 2002). These findings are despite high species mobility

and the potential for individuals to move beyond reserve boundaries (Davis and Dodrill,

1989; Kelly and MacDiarmid, 2003; Campbell and Stasko, 2004). Fisheries benefits

may occur due to emigration of lobsters from MPAs to fished areas (Kelly and

MacDiarmid, 2003) or effects on reproductive output. A higher abundance or size of

lobsters in MPAs may translate into a greater number of reproductively mature lobsters

or increased egg production due to the positive relationship between carapace length

and clutch size (Morgan, 1972; Annala and Bycroft, 1987; MacDiarmid and Butler,

1999). However, investigations of fisheries benefits are few (e.g. Kelly et al., 2002).

Page 122: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

108

Panulirus cygnus (Western Rock Lobster) is a dominant invertebrate predator in

nearshore ecosystems between Exmouth Gulf and Augusta, Western Australia. P.

cygnus is considered to have an important role in ecosystem dynamics, however there is

much about the ecology of this species that remains unknown (Phillips, 2005). Most

research has aimed to identify sustainable levels for exploitation (Caputi et al., 2003;

Phillips, 2005). The P. cygnus commercial fishery operates at a high exploitation rate

of approximately 75% (Wright et al., 2006) and is one of Australia’s most valuable

single-species fishery (AU$ 250 - 350 million per annum), with an annual average catch

of 11 400 t (Anon, 2005). An increasing recreational fishery co-exists with the

commercial fishery, taking approximately 600 t yr-1 (Phillips and Melville-Smith,

2005).

In the year 2000, the enforcement of regulations to prohibit fishing in three small

sanctuary zones (totaling 0.42 km2) at Marmion Marine Park provided an opportunity to

investigate whether no-take MPAs are an effective management option for Panulirus

cygnus. The lobster population in the Park has been subject to fishing pressure for

many decades. The commercial fishery has been operating since the 1930s, when

fishermen’s settlements were first established (Stewart, 1985). Recreational fishing has

also occurred for many decades, facilitated by the area’s proximity to the Perth

metropolitan area, the Mediterranean climate and ease of access via two boat harbour

facilities. Traditionally, management of P. cygnus has involved fisheries-related

measures such as controlling the total number of commercial pots, limiting the daily

catch and pots per recreational licence, gear restrictions, temporal closures and

minimum and maximum (females only) size limits. Females in breeding condition are

also protected from fishing.

Page 123: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

109

Chapter 2 provided evidence for effects of no-take MPAs on Panulirus cygnus, where

the total abundance and the mean abundance of legal size lobsters were significantly

higher in sanctuary zones compared to fished sites. However, this study was limited by

a lack of temporal replication. MPA studies are rarely replicated in both time and space

at the reserve level, as shown by Willis et al. (2003b) in their critical evaluation of MPA

studies published from 1990 – 2001. Exceptions include Wantiez et al. (1997); Edgar

and Barrett (1999) and Willis et al. (2003a). The use of temporal replication to improve

the rigor of environmental impact studies has been discussed (Underwood, 1992; Green,

1993; Underwood 1993; Glasby, 1997;). The addition of temporal replication to the

design of Chapter 2 is required to provide a test of the generality of the effects of MPA

zoning on P. cygnus.

Natural temporal variation should be considered when testing for the generality of MPA

zoning effects on Panulirus cygnus. Interannual variation in the abundance and size

structure of P. cygnus may vary according to recruitment of sub-legal lobsters to legal

size. Recruitment to the fishery is thought to occur at approximately three to four years

after the settlement of puerulus (final larval phase) onto nearshore reefs (Gray, 1992;

Caputi et al., 2003), which in turn is correlated with the strength of the Leeuwin Current

and the frequency and strength of westerly winds (Pearce and Phillips, 1988; Caputi et

al., 1995b). Effects of protection from fishing may be difficult to detect, at least at the

start of the fishing season, in high recruitment years when the abundance of legal-size

lobsters on nearshore reefs is high.

Natural variation may also influence the size structure and abundance of Panulirus

cygnus within a fishing season. Size structure will vary according to the synchronous

moulting of juveniles at the start of the ‘whites’ and ‘reds’ life cycle phases around

Page 124: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

110

November and February (terminology is based on lobster shell colour). The ‘whites’ is

generally thought of as a migratory phase, in contast to the non-migratory ‘reds’ phase.

Large numbers of lobsters are thought to moult and reach legal size during the whites

phase (Gray, 1992). After moulting, some lobsters undertake a migration en masse to

deeper spawning grounds (George, 1958; Phillips, 1983), affecting abundance on

nearshore reefs. Research to improve understanding of the drivers of this migration

would be worthwhile, but difficult to achieve in practice. Density-dependence, should it

occur, is of particular relevance to the use of no-take MPAs as a management tool.

The following questions were of primary interest in this study: 1) does MPA zoning

affect the size structure and abundance of Panulirus cygnus?; 2) do MPA zoning

effects on P. cygnus vary with timing within a fishing season?; and 3) do MPA zoning

effects on P. cygnus vary among years? To address these questions, I compared the size

structure and abundance of P. cygnus at sanctuary vs. fished zones at Marmion Marine

Park. Two separate studies using different scales of temporal replication were

undertaken: a study in the 2005/2006 fishing season and an interannual study from

2003 – 2006. Detailed size structure information was collected to improve

understanding of MPA zoning effects on P. cygnus.

METHODS

Sampling design

The study area has been described in detail in Chapter 2. Two separate studies were

undertaken, each with different scales of temporal replication. The first study was

conducted in the 2005/2006 fishing season and included four factors: (1) ‘time’ – fixed,

Page 125: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

111

with 3 levels: November 2005, February 2006 and May 2006, (2) ‘wave exposure’ -

fixed, with 3 levels: inshore, midshore and offshore, (3) ‘zoning’ - fixed, with 2 levels:

sanctuary zone and fished zone, and (4) ‘site’ - random, nested in the wave exposure x

zoning interaction, with one level in the sanctuary zone and two levels in the fished

zone. Sampling occurred within the recreational and commercial fishing seasons and

times were chosen based on the duration of the seasons, that is near the beginning,

middle and end. Consideration was also given to natural variation due to life cycle

phases where abundance and size structure were likely to undergo large changes (e.g.

the November survey was completed before the deep-water migration commenced).

The second study was conducted over several years and included four factors: (1)

‘time’ – fixed, with 3 levels: 2003, 2005 and 2006, and factors (2) – (4) as for the first

study. Times of sampling were chosen to represent variability in the recruitment of sub-

legal lobsters to legal size. The Western Australia Department of Fisheries predicted

high recruitment in 2003, moderate recruitment in 2005 and low recruitment in 2006

(e.g. Caputi et al., 2003) based on the relationship between recruitment and historical

puerulus counts (Phillips, 1986; Caputi et al., 1995a). Sampling occurred within the

recreational and commercial fishing seasons. The recreational fishing season occurred

from 15 November to 30 June for all survey years. The commercial fishing season

occurred from 15 November to 30 June for 2003 and from 25 November to 30 June for

2005 and 2006. Sampling occurred around the same time each year (late November –

early December) to minimize confounding at smaller temporal scales.

Sampling methods

Lobsters were surveyed in 10 randomly placed 20 x 10 m transects at each of the nine

sites. Two SCUBA divers recorded abundance and visually estimated carapace length

Page 126: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

112

without capturing or handling individual lobsters. In 2003, carapace length was

estimated as legal size (> 76 mm), sub-legal (< 76 mm) or unknown (where the whole

carapace was not clearly visible). In November 2005, length was estimated to within 5

mm. In all subsequent surveys in 2006, length was estimated to within 1 mm because

censors had become experienced at estimating size. A total of 2920 lobsters were

counted during the study. Length was estimated for 71% of lobsters and the carapace

was wholly or partially obscured (e.g. by reef) for the remainder.

Visual estimates were calibrated on a regular basis using two methods. Censors

estimated the length of a lobster, then caught and measured the lobster with vernier

calipers to obtain a true length measurement. Censors also regularly estimated the size

of plastic lobster models underwater to ensure consistency in length estimates. After

recording their estimate, each censor checked the true lengths which were inscribed on

the back of each model. Tests of the length estimates indicated that lengths were

generally underestimated, with an accuracy of 2.28 mm and precision of 2.53%, on

average. No corrections were applied to the survey data given length estimates were not

consistently biased.

Statistical analyses

Multivariate analyses

The effect of zoning and time on lobster size structure was undertaken using

permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA, Anderson, 2001b;

McArdle and Anderson, 2001). Separate analyses were undertaken for each of the two

studies, that is the fishing season study (November 2005, February 2006 and May 2006)

and interannual study (2005 and 2006; size structure data was not collected in 2003).

Data matrices consisted of the abundance of lobsters within each of 17 size classes: <

Page 127: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

113

57 mm, 57-61 mm, 62-66 mm, 67-71 mm, 72-76 mm, 77-81 mm, 82-86 mm, 87-91

mm, 92-96 mm, 97-101 mm, 102-106 mm, 107-111 mm, 112-116 mm, 117-121 mm,

122-126 mm, 127-131 mm and > 131 mm (i.e. the size classes were treated as

variables). The legal size changed from 77 mm in the November surveys to 76 mm in

the February and May surveys, so the 72 – 76 mm size category contained both legal

and sub-legal lobsters for the fishing season analysis.

Each term was coded as a design matrix and tested individually with the appropriate

denominator and permutable units using the computer program DISTLM (Anderson,

2004a). Tests of site (wave exposure x zoning) and time x site (wave exposure x

zoning) were tested using data from fished areas only given that replication of sites

occurred only for fished areas. All tests were conducted using 4999 unrestricted

random permutations of the raw data or appropriate units (Anderson, 2001b) with the

Bray-Curtis measure of dissimilarity (Bray and Curtis, 1957) on fourth-root transformed

data.

Overall dispersion and differences in relative within-group variability were investigated

by computing the comparative index of multivariate dispersion (IMD, Warwick and

Clarke, 1993) and canonical analysis of principal coordinates (CAP, Anderson and

Robinson, 2003; Anderson and Willis, 2003; Anderson, 2004b). CAP allows location

differences among groups to be seen which may otherwise be masked by patterns in

overall dispersion in non-metric multidimensional scaling (nMDS, Kruskal and Wish,

1978), although it does not allow any assessment of either total or relative within-group

variability (Anderson and Willis, 2003). Frequency distribution plots were also used to

visualise trends for zoning effects. Plots of mean abundance were used to investigate

the location of group differences.

Page 128: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

114

Univariate analyses

Univariate analysis of variance (ANOVA) was undertaken for the total abundance of

lobsters and the abundance of legal size and sub-legal lobsters. Separate analyses were

undertaken for each of the two studies, the fishing season study (November 2005,

February 2006 and May 2006) and interannual study (2003, 2005 and 2006). Levene’s

test (Levene, 1960) was used to check the assumptions of homogeneity of variances (p

> 0.05) and variables were fourth root transformed as required. ANOVAs were

undertaken using a permutation procedure to obtain P values (Anderson, 2001a) given

variables showed significant non-normality as indicated by the Anderson-Darling test

(Anderson and Darling, 1952). A similar permutation procedure as described for the

size structure data was used, except that analyses were based on Euclidean distances.

The resulting sum of squares and F-ratios are the same as Fisher’s univariate F-statistic

in traditional ANOVA except the P-values are not obtained using the traditional tables

(Anderson, 2001a). An a priori significance level of α = 0.10 was used for interpreting

tests.

Where significant differences were identified by the univariate ANOVAs, plots were

undertaken to investigate the location of differences. Pair-wise tests were not

undertaken because of the significant site variability that occurred for most tests.

The time x zoning interaction term was of particular interest given the hypothesis

regarding the generality of zoning effects. This interaction may not be detected when

statistical power is low. Therefore, the time x zone interaction was plotted to

investigate potential trends when a significant effect of time was detected.

Page 129: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

115

RESULTS

Size structure

Size structure for the 2005/2006 fishing season significantly varied with zoning and

wave exposure (‘wave exposure’ by ‘zoning’ interaction, Table 5.1). Differences

between sanctuary and fished sites were most pronounced inshore, where there appeared

to be a significantly higher mean abundance of lobsters within several legal size classes

at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone compared to fished control sites (Fig. 5.1a). The mean

abundance of lobsters in the 67-71 mm size class also appeared to be higher at

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone compared to fished control sites (Fig. 5.1a). There appeared

to be a significantly higher mean abundance of lobsters within several legal size classes

at Little Island sanctuary zone (offshore) compared to fished control sites (Fig. 5.1b).

The mean abundance of lobsters appeared to be the same in most size classes at The

Lumps sanctuary zone (midshore) and fished control sites (Fig. 5.1c). Most individuals

of breeding size (87.5 mm for females and 95.3 mm for males (Melville-Smith and de

Lestang, 2006)) were observed at sanctuaries (Fig. 5.1a-c). Observations of lobsters >

97 mm were few and occurred only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual

(Fig. 5.1a-c). Differences in size structure with zoning may be partly due to differences

in variability at inshore sites, where the size structure of lobsters at Boyinaboat

sanctuary zone was less variable than at fished control sites (IMD; inshore: sanctuary

vs fished IMD = -0.687; midshore: sanctuary vs fished IMD = 0.054; offshore:

sanctuary vs fished IMD = -0.198).

Page 130: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

116

Table 5.1. Permutational ANOVA of the size structure of Panulirus cygnus, on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities. Significant results are indicated, *p < 0.10,

**p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

Fishing season Interannual

Source df

MS F P

df

MS F P

Permutable units of denominator mean square

Time = T 2 12920.724

4.059

0.010**

1

5526.616

1.759

0.222 27 T x S(W x Z) units

Wave exposure = W 2 5709.632

1.920

0.155

2

1230.468

0.124

0.997 9 S(W x Z) units

Zoning = Z 1 28813.637

9.689

0.003***

1

36197.957

3.656

0.040* 9 S(W x Z) units

T x W 4 5897.097

1.853

0.124

2

5975.602

1.755

0.524 27 T x S(W x Z) units

T x Z 2 3394.068

1.066

0.403

1

5979.050

1.903

0.200 27 T x S(W x Z) units

W x Z 2 10780.223

3.625

0.029**

2

3969.683

0.401

0.897 9 S(W x Z) units

Site = S(W x Z) 3 2973.928

0.839

0.580

3

9899.818

3.036

0.004** 180 raw data units (fished only)

T x W x Z 4 2100.041

0.660

0.756

2

3727.916

1.186

0.396 27 T x S(W x Z) units

T x S(W x Z) 6 3183.135

0.898

0.590

3

3142.178

0.964

0.441 180 raw data units (fished only)

Residual (all) 243 3286.989

162

3037.162

Residual (fished) 162 3542.973 108

3260.978

Total 269

179

Data were fourth-root transformed

P-values were obtained using 4999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 4999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible permutations

Page 131: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

117

Figure 5.1 Size structure data for the fishing season survey showing mean density (+ 1 SE) at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone and fished control sites (inshore) (a), Little Island sanctuary zone and fished control sites (offshore) (b) and The Lumps sanctuary zone and fished control sites (midshore; c). Open bars are sanctuaries, grey bars are fished control sites. *The 72 – 76 mm size class includes legal size lobsters (76 mm) for February and May surveys. The legal size limit in November was 77 mm.

Page 132: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

118

Frequency distribution plots supported the PERMANOVA results for the 2005/2006

fishing season size structure data. A higher proportion of the population was in larger

size classes and a lower proportion in smaller size classes at Boyinaboat sanctuary zone

compared to fished sites (Fig. 5.2) and Little Island sanctuary zone compared to fished

sites. A similar trend was also observed for the Lumps sanctuary zone and its fished

sites.

Size structure significantly varied among the three time periods within the 2005/2006

fishing season (Table 5.1). The mean abundance of most size classes appeared to be

similar in November and February but lower in May (Fig. 5.3). The largest differences

occurred for the 72 – 76 mm size class between February and May and the 87 – 91 mm

size class between November and February and November and May (Fig. 5.3). The

largest lobsters were observed in November (Fig. 5.3). Differences in size structure

with timing of the fishing season were due to differences in mean structure, and not due

to differences in variability (February vs May IMD = -0.162; February vs November

IMD = -0.033; May vs November IMD = -0.132).

Size structure for the interannual surveys significantly varied according to zoning,

despite significant site variability (Table 5.1). There were more lobsters of sizes greater

than 62 – 66 mm at sanctuaries compared to fished sites (Fig. 5.4a). The relative

magnitude of the differences between sanctuaries and fished sites for several legal-size

classes was greater than the sub-legal size classes (67–71 mm and 72-76 mm; Fig.

5.4a). Observations of lobsters > 97 mm were few and only occurred at sanctuaries,

with the exception of one individual observed at a fished site (Fig. 5.4a). Differences in

size structure with zoning may be partly due to differences in multivariate variability,

Page 133: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

119

Figure 5.2 Size structure data for the fishing season survey showing frequency distribution at

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone and fished control sites. Open bars are sanctuaries, grey bars are

fished control sites. The 72 – 76 mm size class includes legal size lobsters (76 mm) for February and

May surveys. The legal size limit in November was 77 mm.

Figure 5.3 Size structure data for the fishing season survey showing mean density (+ 1 SE) at

month of survey. Open bars are the November 2005 survey, grey bars are the February 2006

survey and black bars are the May 2006 survey. The 72 – 76 mm size class includes legal size

lobsters (76 mm) for February and May surveys. The legal size limit in November was 77 mm.

Page 134: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

120

Figure 5.4 Size structure data for the interannual survey showing mean density (+ 1 SE) at

sanctuary zones and fished control sites (a) and frequency distribution (b). Open bars are

sanctuaries, grey bars are fished control sites.

Page 135: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

121

where the size structure of the lobster populations at sanctuaries was less variable than

at fished sites (sanctuary vs fished IMD = -0.309).

The frequency distribution plot supported the PERMANOVA results for the interannual

size structure data. The frequency distribution plot showed that a higher proportion of

the population was in larger size classes and a lower proportion was is smaller size

classes at sanctuaries compared to fished sites (Fig. 5.4b).

Total abundance

There was a significant effect of zoning and wave exposure on the total abundance of

lobsters for the 2005/2006 fishing season (‘wave exposure’ by ‘zoning’ interaction,

Table 5.2; Fig. 5.5a). Total abundance significantly varied according to the duration of

the fishing season (Table 5.2). It appeared that total abundance decreased as the

duration of the fishing season increased at fished sites but not sanctuaries, although the

time x zone interaction term was not statistically significant (Fig. 5.5b).

Total abundance varied marginally among years (Table 5.3). Of the 2920 lobsters that

were counted during the study, forty per cent were observed during the high recruitment

year of 2003. There appeared to be a decrease in total abundance in 2005 and 2006

from 2003 levels at sanctuaries but not at fished sites, although the interaction term was

not statistically significant.

Legal size lobsters

Legal size lobsters comprised 57% of all measured lobsters. There was a significant

effect of zoning and wave exposure on the mean abundance of legal size lobsters for the

2005/2006 fishing season (Table 5.2). There appeared to be a significantly higher mean

Page 136: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

122

Table 5.2. Permutational ANOVA of Panulirus cygnus abundance (November 2005, February 2006 and May 2006). Significant results are indicated, *p < 0.10, **p < 0.05,

***p < 0.01

Source df Total

Legal

Sub-legal

MS

F

P

MS

F

P

MS

F

P

Time = T 2 3.939

6.512

0.034**

1.663

4.579

0.071*

2.028

7.629

0.021**

Wave exposure = W 2 0.875

0.972

0.475

2.498

6.263

0.087*

0.429

0.600

0.597

Zoning = Z 1 7.789

8.650

0.062*

16.197

40.612

0.006***

1.566

2.189

0.234

T x W 4 1.173

1.940

0.213

0.630

1.735

0.267

0.799

3.007

0.110

T x Z 2 0.023

0.038

0.964

0.241

0.663

0.564

0.041

0.153

0.867

W x Z 2 5.918

6.572

0.080*

6.202

15.549

0.029**

3.247

4.536

0.118

Site = S(W x Z) 3 0.900

2.121

0.098*

0.399

1.197

0.306

0.716

2.024

0.116

T x W x Z 4 0.524

0.867

0.534

0.756

2.083

0.214

0.272

1.023

0.466

T x S(W x Z) 6 0.605

1.425

0.216

0.363

1.090

0.378

0.266

0.752

0.608

Residual (all) 243 0.384

0.319

0.342

Residual (fished) 162 0.424

0.341

0.354

Total 269

Data were fourth-root transformed

P-values were obtained using 4999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 4999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 137: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

123

Figure 5.5 Fishing season survey data showing mean density of total abundance (+ 1 SE) at

Boyinaboat sanctuary zone (B), Cow Rocks (C), Wanneroo Reef (W), The Lumps sanctuary zone

(L), Whitford Rock (WR), Burns Rocks (BR), Little Island sanctuary zone (LI), South Little (SL)

and North Little (NL) (n = 30 per site) (a) and mean density of total abundance (+ 1 SE) at month of

survey (n = 30 for sanctuaries, n = 60 for fished control sites) (b). Open bars are sanctuaries, grey

bars are fished control sites.

abundance at sanctuaries compared to fished sites at inshore and offshore sites (Fig.

5.6a). Mean abundance varied marginally according to the timing of the fishing

season (Table 5.2). Mean abundance appeared to be the same in November and

February, and decreased in May at fished sites but not at sanctuaries, although the

interaction term was not significant (Fig. 5.6b).

The mean abundance of legal size lobsters was significantly higher at sanctuaries

compared to fished sites for the interannual surveys, despite highly significant site

variability (Table 5.3, Fig. 5.7a). Mean abundance varied significantly among years

(Table 5.3). A decrease in mean abundance from 2003 to 2005 and 2006 levels

appeared to occur at both sanctuary and fished sites (Fig. 5.7b).

Page 138: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

124

Table 5.3. Permutational ANOVA of Panulirus cygnus abundance (2003, 2005 and 2006). Significant results are indicated, *p < 0.10, **p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

Source df

Total

Legal

Sub-legal

MS

F

P

MS

F

P

MS

F

P

Time = T 2 3.526 4.680 0.053* 3.921 5.156 0.049** 4.678 7.199 0.023**

Wave exposure = W 2 0.121 0.027 0.973 0.129 0.050 0.948 0.589 0.237 0.801

Zoning = Z 1 24.676 5.607 0.100 31.174 12.057 0.042** 8.069 3.246 0.170

T x W 4 1.649 2.188 0.191 0.916 1.204 0.396 1.144 1.760 0.258

T x Z 2 1.587 2.107 0.223 0.214 0.281 0.777 2.643 4.067 0.078*

W x Z 2 3.005 0.683 0.568 2.226 0.861 0.507 2.473 0.995 0.468

Site = S(W x Z) 3 4.401 11.699 <0.001*** 2.586 7.712 <0.001*** 2.486 7.092 <0.001***

T x W x Z 4 0.656 0.871 0.536 0.684 0.900 0.518 1.244 1.914 0.234

T x S(W x Z) 6 0.753 2.003 0.068* 0.760 2.268 0.042** 0.650 1.854 0.092

Residual (all) 243 0.312 0.286 0.321

Residual (fished) 162 0.376 0.335 0.350

Total 269

Data were fourth-root transformed

P-values were obtained using 4999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 4999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 139: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

125

Figure 5.6 Fishing season survey data showing mean density of legal size lobsters (+ 1 SE) per wave

exposure level (a) and mean density of legal size lobsters (+ 1 SE) at month of survey (n = 30 for

sanctuaries, n = 60 for fished control sites; b). Open bars are sanctuaries, grey bars are fished

control sites.

Figure 5.7 Interannual survey data showing mean density of legal size lobsters (+ 1 SE) per site (n

= 30; a) and mean density of legal size lobsters (+ 1 SE) at year of survey (n = 30 for sanctuaries, n

= 60 for fished control sites; b). Open bars are sanctuaries, grey bars are fished control sites.

Page 140: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

126

Sub-legal lobsters

No effect of zoning on sub-legal lobsters was observed for the 2005/2006 fishing season

(Table 5.2). There was a significant effect of the timing of the fishing season (Table

5.2). Mean abundance appeared to be the same in November and February, and

decreased in May at both sanctuaries and fished sites (Fig. 5.8a).

A marginally significant effect of time and zoning on sub-legal lobsters was observed

for the interannual surveys (Table 5.3). The mean abundance of sub-legal lobsters

appeared to be significantly higher in sanctuaries compared to fished sites in 2003, but

no differences between sanctuaries and fished sites occurred in 2005 and 2006 (Fig.

5.8b). Mean abundance at sanctuaries was highest in 2003 and significantly lower in

2005 and 2006, while the mean abundance at fished sites did not appear to vary among

years (Fig. 5.8b).

Figure 5.8 Fishing season survey data showing mean density of sub-legal lobsters (+ 1 SE) at month

of survey (a), and interannual survey data showing mean density of sub-legal lobsters (+ 1 SE) at

year of survey (n = 30 for sanctuaries, n = 60 for fished control sites; b). Open bars are

sanctuaries, grey bars are fished control sites.

Page 141: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

127

DISCUSSION

The use of temporal replication allowed an investigation of the generality of the effects

of zoning on Panulirus cygnus. Zoning significantly affected abundance and size

structure. Total abundance and the mean abundance of legal size lobsters were higher at

inshore and offshore sanctuaries compared to fished control sites during the fishing

season study. The mean abundance of legal size lobsters was significantly higher in

sanctuaries compared to fished sites during the interannual study. These zoning effects

did not vary according to the timing of survey.

Effects on the size structure and abundance of Panulirus cygnus were not anticipated

because the highly mobile nature of this species makes it an unlikely candidate for

protection from fishing in small sanctuary zones like those at Marmion Marine Park.

Considerable and frequent fishing effort along sanctuary boundaries at Marmion Marine

Park provides support for this mobility (K. Ryan, pers. obs.). Rates of juvenile

movement observed during nocturnal foraging trips are variable, and include 15 – 50 m

d-1 (Chittleborough, 1974), 361 m d-1 (Phillips, 1983) and 72.5 - 585 m d-1 (Jernakoff et

al., 1987). Furthermore, juvenile lobsters at, or approaching legal size (but not sexual

maturity), may undertake a synchronized migration to deeper spawning grounds in late

November or December each year (George, 1958; Phillips, 1983), well beyond the

boundaries of the sanctuaries. Maximum offshore rates of movement of up to 622 m d-1

for distances up to 68 km have been recorded (Phillips, 1983).

Despite this mobility, zoning effects were observed consistently among years and

throughout the fishing season, including before and after the lobster migration. Some

legal sized lobsters probably show high site fidelity and stay within home ranges for

Page 142: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

128

extended periods of time. Evidence collected regarding juvenile Panulirus cygnus

fidelity to a home reef has been contradictory (Chittleborough, 1974; Cobb, 1981;

Jernakoff et al., 1987), and adult site fidelity has not been assessed. In this study, the

abundance of legal sized lobsters in many dens in sanctuaries remained constant over a

period of months, although identification of individual lobsters was not possible (K.

Ryan, pers. obs.). Furthermore, observations of lobsters reaching the size of sexual

maturity, including several relatively large lobsters greater than 117 mm carapace

length, indicates that some lobsters do not undertake an offshore migration at the onset

of sexual maturity, and instead become permanent residents of nearshore reefs.

Although offshore movements as far as 68 km have been recorded, tagging studies of

potential immigrants have shown a range of movement patterns (Phillips, 1983) that

may be consistent with residency on nearshore reefs. Alternatively, lobsters may return

to home reefs after spending periods in deeper waters, as has been suggested for other

species such as Jasus edwardsii (Kelly and MacDiarmid, 2003) and Panulirus argus

(Davis and Dodrill, 1989). Tracking of adult movement patterns when investigating

zoning effects would provide useful insight.

Marine protected areas have been shown to protect other migratory lobster species from

fishing. The Western Sambo Ecological Reserve, Florida (Cox and Hunt, 2005) and

Glover's Reef Reserve, Belize (Acosta and Robertson, 2003) provide effective

protection for Panulirus argus. Similar to P. cygnus, P. argus has been shown to

exhibit large-scale ontogenic habitat shifts. Lobsters approaching, or at, maturity leave

nearshore habitat and travel up to 200 km away (Davis and Dodrill, 1989, although note

Little, 1972). The large size of the Western Sambo and Glover’s Reef reserves (30 km2

and 74 km2, respectively) and their inclusion of all fished habitats used by lobsters

during different life stages (i.e. nearshore and offshore) are suggested to be important

Page 143: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

129

factors contributing to their effectiveness (Acosta and Robertson, 2003; Cox and Hunt,

2005). P. argus may also exhibit site fidelity within these reserves, as occurs at Dry

Tortugas atoll (Davis, 1977). Tagging studies showed recaptures were all taken within

10 km of their release sites and adult lobsters displayed a more residential nature

compared to juveniles (Davis, 1977). The clawed lobster Homarus americanus has an

ability to undertake long-distance migrations (Campbell and Stasko, 2004), however its

effective protection in small marine reserves is an outcome of high site fidelity (Rowe,

2001; 2002).

The variation in the mean abundance of legal size lobsters and total abundance

according to the timing of the fishing season provides further evidence for effects of

protection from fishing in sanctuaries. The mean abundance of legal size lobsters

appeared to decrease between February and May at fished sites, however no change was

observed at sanctuaries. It is highly likely that the decline observed at fished sites is

evidence of a direct effect of fishing as changes due to life cycle would also be observed

at sanctuaries. The mean abundance of lobsters in legal size classes also appeared to

decline significantly between February and May. Decreases in the mean size of targeted

fish species is one of the most widely reported and quickly observed changes when

fishing effort increases (Russ, 1991). Furthermore, total abundance decreased as fishing

season duration increased at fished sites, but not sanctuaries.

Interestingly, the mean abundance of legal size lobsters did not differ between

November and February, despite the migration in December and fishing activity. A

large decline in the 87 – 91 mm size class was observed between November and

February, however this did not appear to affect the overall abundance of legal size

lobsters. Such a difference may not have been detected as a result of low statistical

Page 144: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

130

power. Knowledge of the size of the large proportion of the population whose length

could not be estimated (approximately 30%) would perhaps provide further insight.

Alternatively, a decrease in the mean abundance of legal size lobsters between

November and February could be masked by the synchronous moult and subsequent

recruitment thought to occur in February. This life cycle phase appears to have

occurred after the February survey however, given the mean abundance of sub-legal

lobsters and lobsters in sub legal size classes at both sanctuary and fished sites

decreased between February and May.

Some observations suggest that the sanctuaries offer only a temporary refuge from

exploitation and long-term conservation benefits are compromised due to their small

size. There was no evidence for a build up in the abundance of legal size lobsters or

proportion of lobsters in legal size classes over consecutive years. Rather, the mean

abundance of legal size lobsters was significantly lower in 2005 and 2006 compared to

2003, and this decline occurred at both sanctuary and fished sites. This trend was

consistent with the Department of Fisheries prediction for a relatively high recruitment

year in 2003 and low recruitment years in 2005 and 2006 (e.g. Caputi et al., 2003),

based on the relationship between recruitment and historical puerulus counts on

nearshore reefs (Phillips, 1986; Caputi et al., 1995a). It is difficult to detect increases in

abundance in sanctuaries over time given such natural variation. A significant yearly

increase in the abundance of legal size lobsters would only be detectable if immigration

to and recruitment within the sanctuaries exceeded emigration. A redistribution of

Panulirus cygnus to fished sites during the closed season may occur, as suggested for P.

argus (Cox and Hunt, 2005). Emigration is also likely to explain the decrease in the

abundance of large lobsters in the sanctuaries with the duration of the fishing season and

the very low counts of large lobsters at the size of sexual maturity observed in

Page 145: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

131

sanctuaries. Anecdotal information indicates that large and sexually mature lobsters,

including ‘jumbos’ (> 120 mm) were once abundant on onshore and nearshore reefs,

however they became uncommon by 1985 (Ottaway et al., 1987; Figure 5.9a, b). Large,

sexually mature lobsters currently occur in higher abundances in similar habitat and

depth in areas of Western Australian where fishing pressure is lower (K. Ryan, pers.

obs.).

Figure 5.9 A 5.1 kg Panulirus cygnus speared 15 – 20 m from the beach at Grannies Pool, Trigg, in

the early 1950s. Source: W. Sharpe-Smith, In Ottaway et al. (1987; a). P. cygnus caught on the

onshore reefs at Trigg only a few metres from shore, about 1956. Sizes ranged from 0.5kg – 3.6kg.

Source: Jack Sue, In Ottaway et al. (1987; b).

(b)

(a)

Page 146: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

132

Surveillance activity by regulatory authorities may contribute to some of the trends

observed in this study. High surveillance of Boyinaboat sanctuary zone (inshore) due to

its proximity to a major boat harbour facility is likely to contribute to the high

abundance of lobsters observed there. A lower level of surveillance and potentially a

higher level of illegal take at The Lumps sanctuary zone (midshore) may explain the

apparent absence of zoning effects on legal size lobsters during the fishing season study.

An increase in surveillance by regulatory authorities in 2005 and 2006 and a subsequent

decrease in the level of illegal take could explain the lack of generality regarding the

zoning effects on sub-legal lobsters observed in 2003.

The observations of the fishing season and interannual studies indicated that sanctuary

zones provide conservation benefits for Panulirus cygnus. Sanctuary zones at Marmion

Marine Park are extremely small however, and offer protection to only a small

proportion of the total lobster population and only some of the habitat types used by

lobsters. It also appears probable that emigration of lobsters from sanctuaries

compromises conservation benefits, where some observations suggest that the

sanctuaries offer only a temporary refuge from exploitation. And yet it is unlikely that

the magnitude of such emigration would be large enough to translate into significant

fisheries benefits. Tracking studies and sampling in the off-season will provide useful

insight. Future studies will also benefit from additional temporal replication, namely

hierarchical temporal sampling (Underwood, 1993; 1994) within several randomly

selected years. Temporal replication at this scale will allow a clearer separation of

natural and anthropogenic effects.

Page 147: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

133

CHAPTER 6

The generality of marine protected area effects on non-

targeted mobile, benthic invertebrates

Page 148: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

134

ABSTRACT

The effects of marine protected area (MPA) zoning on the diversity, abundance and

variability of non-targeted mobile, benthic invertebrates were investigated in Marmion

Marine Park, Western Australia. The sanctuary zones (no-take MPAs where fishing is

prohibited) within Marmion Marine Park are extremely small (0.061 – 0.279 km2)

compared to most reported in the literature. Temporal and spatial replication provided a

robust test of the effects of MPA zoning. The asymmetrical sampling design involved

surveys at one sanctuary zone and two fished sites (controls) at each of three levels of

wave exposure. Temporal replication of sampling occurred in 2003, 2005 and 2006.

Zoning significantly influenced invertebrate assemblage structure. Sanctuary zone

assemblages were characterised by the holothurian Stichopus spp. and gastropod Turbo

torquatus, and fished assemblages were characterised by seastars Cenolia trichoptera,

Fromia polypora, Petricia vermicina, Patiriella spp. and Coscinasterias muricata and

urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma. Sanctuary zones had significantly higher diversity

compared to fished sites. At the species level, effects of zoning were observed for

several taxa but were confounded by interactions with wave exposure or interannual

variability. A lack of generality of some zoning effects may reflect temporal variability

in the nature and strength of important processes such as recruitment and predation.

Wave exposure was also an important influence on the invertebrate assemblages.

Mechanisms suggested to explain the observed trends included morphological

susceptibility to disturbance. Most effects of wave exposure showed generality with

time. This finding was expected given exposure to ocean swells is unlikely to be

confounded by the year of survey. Inshore assemblages were characterised by Thais

Page 149: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

135

orbita and Cenolia trichoptera, midshore assemblages were characterised by

Phyllacanthus irregularis, Petricia vermicina and Fromia polypora and Stichopus spp.,

and Pentagonaster dubeni and Paguridae were characteristic of offshore sites.

Assemblage diversity and variability were highest at the most exposed sites.

KEYWORDS: Assemblage, Diversity, Fishing, Marine reserve, Multivariate analysis,

Sea cucumber, Temporal replication

INTRODUCTION

Marine protected areas (MPAs) are likely to affect the diversity and abundance of non-

targeted invertebrates if they meet conservation objectives. These objectives include the

conservation of biodiversity, maintenance or restoration of natural ecosystem

functioning and protection of habitat from the impacts of fishing (Sobel, 1993; Agardy,

1994; Mosquera et al., 2000; Halpern, 2003; Lubchenco et al., 2003). MPA effects on

non-targeted invertebrates may be of a variable nature and direction. Studies of

temperate MPAs have shown increases in abundance attributed to changes in habitat

(Rogers-Bennett and Pearse, 2001; Shears and Babcock, 2003) and decreases in

abundance due to predation (Shears and Babcock, 2002; Hereu et al., 2005; Langlois et

al., 2006; Pederson and Johnson, 2006) or competition (Castilla and Duran, 1985).

Alternatively, there may be no observable effect of MPAs on non-targeted invertebrates

due to inadequate reserve size (Edgar and Barrett, 1999), unsuitable habitat (Mayfield et

al., 2005), inadequate brood stock (Tegner, 1993) or inappropriate research design

(Cole, 1999; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Kelly et al., 2000).

Page 150: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

136

There is a significant effect of no-take MPAs on non-targeted, mobile, benthic

invertebrates at Marmion Marine Park, Western Australia (Chapter 2). The three small

sanctuary zones (no-take MPAs where fishing is prohibited) total 0.42 km2 and have

been actively enforced since the year 2000. MPA zoning was shown to be an important

influence on invertebrate structure and diversity. Sanctuary zones were characterised by

a high abundance of the holothurians Stichopus spp. and a strong association of the

gastropod Mitra chalybeia. Fished sites were characterised by strong associations of

hermit crabs (Paguridae), urchins Heliocidaris erythrogramma and Holopneustes

porosissimus, and seastars Plectaster decanus and Patiriella spp. However, the

generality of these effects is limited by the lack of temporal replication in the research

design. Inadequate temporal replication is a common shortfall in research design. The

critical evaluation by Willis et al. (2003b) showed there were very few examples of

MPA studies published from 1990 – 2001 that were replicated both temporally and

spatially at the reserve level (e.g. Wantiez et al., 1997; Edgar and Barrett, 1999; Willis

et al., 2003a). The importance of temporal replication for improving the rigor of

environmental impact studies has been recognised (Green, 1993; Underwood, 1992;

1993; Glasby, 1997).

The following questions were of primary interest in this mensurative study: 1) does

MPA zoning affect the structure, variability and diversity of non-targeted mobile,

benthic invertebrate assemblages? and 2) do effects of MPA zoning vary according to

timing of survey? A secondary objective was to investigate the generality of the effects

of wave exposure on non-targeted mobile, benthic invertebrates. To address these

questions, I compared the structure, variability and diversity of assemblages and the

Page 151: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

137

abundance of individual species at (1) sanctuary vs. fished zones, and (2) inshore vs.

midshore vs. offshore reefs, during an interannual study.

METHODS

Study area and sampling design

The study area has been described in detail in Chapter 2. The research design included

four factors: (1) ‘time’ – fixed, with 3 levels: 2003, 2005 and 2006, (2) ‘wave

exposure’ - fixed, with 3 levels: inshore, midshore and offshore, (3) ‘zoning’ - fixed,

with 2 levels: sanctuary zone and fished zone, and (4) ‘site’ - random, nested in the

wave exposure x zoning interaction, with one level in the sanctuary zone and two levels

in the fished zone. Time was considered fixed because the timing of surveys was

aligned with the timing of Panulirus cygnus surveys (Chapter 5) so that the results of

the two studies were comparable, and given a sample size of n = 3 is not considered to

be sufficient to make broad generalisations regarding temporal variation. Sampling

occurred around the same time each year (November – January) to minimize

confounding at smaller temporal scales.

Sampling methods

The abundance of large (>1 cm) non-targeted, mobile, benthic invertebrates was

surveyed by two SCUBA divers in six randomly placed 20 x 2 m transects at each site

(totaling 162 transects). Ophuroidea were excluded because their cryptic nature

prevented reliable counts. Wave exposures, sanctuary zones and fished sites were

sampled randomly through time.

Page 152: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

138

Statistical analyses

Multivariate analyses

The dataset contained the abundance of 35 species (Appendix A). The effect of zoning

on the structure of the assemblage was investigated using permutational multivariate

analysis of variance (PERMANOVA, Anderson, 2001b; McArdle and Anderson, 2001).

Each term was coded as a design matrix and tested individually with the appropriate

denominator and permutable units using the computer program DISTLM (Anderson,

2004a). Tests of site (wave exposure x zoning) and time x site (wave exposure x

zoning) were tested using data from fished areas only given that replication of sites

occurred only for fished areas. All tests were conducted using 4999 unrestricted

random permutations of the raw data or appropriate units (Anderson, 2001b) with the

Bray-Curtis measure of dissimilarity (Bray and Curtis, 1957) on fourth-root transformed

data.

Canonical analysis of principal coodinates (CAP, Anderson and Robinson, 2003;

Anderson and Willis, 2003; Anderson, 2004b) was also used to generate tests of the null

hypotheses by permutation. Group distinctness in multivariate space was measured by

the leave-one-out allocation success (Lachenbruch and Mickey, 1968; Anderson and

Willis, 2003). Individual species likely to be responsible for any observed differences

according to zoning, wave exposure and timing of survey were determined by

examining correlations of species counts with the canonical axis. A correlation of |r| >

0.21 and < -0.21 was used as an arbitrary cut-off. Canonical correlations were tested

using 4999 unrestricted random permutations of raw data units.

Page 153: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

139

Overall dispersion and differences in relative within-group variability were visualised

using CAP and the comparative index of multivariate dispersion (IMD, Warwick and

Clarke, 1993).

Univariate analyses

Univariate analysis of variance (ANOVA) was undertaken for the abundance of species

that occurred in at least 5% of transects. ANOVA was also undertaken for taxonomic

distinctness and the Simpson’s index to investigate effects on diversity.

Levene’s test (Levene, 1960) was used to check the assumptions of homogeneity of

variances. Variables were fourth root transformed to meet the assumptions of

homogeneity of variances (p > 0.05). Variables whose variances were not

homogeneous after transformation were interpreted using a more conservative

significance level of α = 0.01. Variables showed significant non-normality as shown by

the Anderson-Darling test (Anderson and Darling, 1952). ANOVAs were therefore

undertaken using a permutation procedure to obtain P values (Anderson, 2001a). A

similar permutation procedure as described for the assemblage data was used, except

that analyses were based on Euclidean distances. An a priori significance level of α =

0.10 was used for interpreting tests.

Where the sites (wave exposure x zoning) term was not significant at P = 0.25, pooling

was undertaken to increase the power of the tests of the main effects (Winer, 1971;

Underwood, 1981). The site and residual sum of squares and their degrees of freedom

were pooled to construct a ‘pooled mean square’ which was used as the denominator for

the tests of the main effects and the interaction. Where significant differences were

Page 154: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

140

identified by the univariate ANOVAs and where the random term site could be pooled,

Tukey’s pairwise comparisons were undertaken.

RESULTS

Multivariate analyses

MPA zoning significantly affected the structure of the assemblages (CAP trace statistic

= 0.204, P < 0.001). The leave-one-out allocation success showed that sanctuary and

fished assemblages were distinct in multivariate space and the assemblage at sanctuaries

was more difficult to predict than at fished sites (sanctuaries = 66.67%, fished sites =

72.22%). The holothurians Stichopus spp. and gastropod Turbo torquatus characterised

sanctuaries (Table 6.1). Seastars Cenolia trichoptera, Fromia polypora, Petricia

vermicina, Patiriella spp. and Coscinasterias muricata and urchin Heliocidaris

erythrogramma characterised fished sites (Table 6.1). The failure of the

PERMANOVA to detect the significant effect of zoning on the assemblages could be

due to high correlation structure unrelated to group differences or high variability

between the fished sites (Table 6.2). Furthermore, the power of the statistical test to

detect effects of zoning was limited by the lack of replication of sanctuary zones within

each level of wave exposure and the limited number of representative control sites

available. The multivariate variability of the invertebrate assemblage at sanctuaries was

similar to the variability of the assemblage at fished sites (sanctuary vs fished IMD = -

0.043).

Page 155: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

141

Table 6.1. Correlations (│r │ > 0.21) between taxa and the canonical axis for zoning.

Zone Class Species │r│ Percent of sites Mean + 1SE

Sanctuary Fished Sanctuary Fished

Sanctuary Holothuroidea Stichopus spp. 0.43 74.1 50.0 1.91 + 0.29 1.16 + 0.16

Sanctuary Gastropoda Turbo torquatus 0.36 70.4 53.7 1.93 + 0.33 2.15 + 0.57

Fished Asteroidea Cenolia trichoptera 0.42 75.9 88.9 7.17 + 1.27 7.05 + 0.76

Fished Asteroidea Fromia polypora 0.40 14.8 32.4 0.26 + 0.10 0.69 + 0.12

Fished Asteroidea Petricia vermicina 0.28 38.9 50.0 0.76 + 0.19 1.66 + 0.22

Fished Echinoidea Heliocidaris erythrogramma 0.27 81.5 85.2 6.39 + 1.53 10.90 + 1.58

Fished Asteroidea Patiriella spp. 0.25 1.8 18.5 0.02 + 0.02 1.61 + 0.78

Fished Asteroidea Coscinasterias muricata 0.23 16.7 25.9 0.20 + 0.07 0.43 + 0.08 Data were fourth root transformed

Species that occurred in less than 5% of transects were not included in this list

Page 156: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

142

Table 6.2. Permutational ANOVA of abundances of 35 taxa, on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities. Significant results are indicated, *p < 0.01, **p < 0.05,

***p < 0.01

Source df SS MS F P Permutable

units

Time = T 2 8880.351 4440.175 1.909 0.071* 27 T x S(W x Z) units

Wave exposure = W 2 30781.132 15390.566 4.988 0.001*** 9 S(W x Z) units

Zoning = Z 1 4132.567 4132.567 1.339 0.280 9 S(W x Z) units

T x W 4 7637.264 1909.316 0.821 0.689 27 T x S(W x Z) units

T x Z 2 2920.045 1460.022 0.628 0.816 27 T x S(W x Z) units

W x Z 2 6289.083 3144.541 1.019 0.472 9 S(W x Z) units

Site = S(W x Z) 3 9256.286 3085.429 4.183 <0.001*** 108 raw data units (fished only)

T x W x Z 4 4825.474 1206.368 0.519 0.952 27 T x S(W x Z) units

T x S(W x Z) 6 13958.568 2326.428 3.154 <0.001*** 108 raw data units (fished only)

Residual (all) 135 101906.730 754.86

Residual (fished) 90 66387.242 737.636

Total 161 190587.499 Data were fourth root transformed

P-values were obtained using 4999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 4999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 157: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

143

Wave exposure significantly affected the structure of the assemblages (CAP trace

statistic = 0.746, P < 0.001, Fig. 6.1a, Table 6.2). The leave-one-out allocation success

indicated that all assemblages were distinct in multivariate space and the assemblage at

offshore sites was the most difficult to predict (inshore = 94.44%, midshore = 74.07%,

offshore = 62.96%). High correlations of individual species with canonical axes to

wave exposure effects are shown (Fig. 6.1b). Wave exposure appeared to significantly

affect assemblage variability. Variability was highest at offshore sites (inshore vs

midshore IMD = -0.214; inshore vs offshore IMD = -0.638, midshore vs offshore IMD

= -0.503).

Year of survey significantly affected the structure of the assemblages (CAP trace

statistic = 0.333, P < 0.001, Table 6.2). The leave-one-out allocation success indicated

relatively poor distinctiveness of some assemblages in multivariate space (2003 =

20.37%, 2005 = 57.41%, 2006 = 68.52%). This made identification of species

associations with canonical axes difficult. Year of survey did not appear to affect

assemblage variability (2003 vs 2005 IMD = 0.190; 2003 vs 2006 IMD = 0.391, 2005

vs 2006 IMD = 0.171).

Univariate analyses

Effects of MPA zoning were observed for several taxa but were confounded by

significant interactions with exposure to ocean swells (Table 6.3). The mean abundance

of Holopneustes porosissimus and Petricia vermicina was lower at the midshore

sanctuary (The Lumps) compared to fished control sites (Table 6.3, Fig. 6.2a, b; P.

vermicina: t = -4.663, P < 0.001). The mean abundance of Turbo torquatus was

significantly higher at the offshore sanctuary (Little Island) compared to its fished

control sites (Table 6.3, Fig. 6.2c; t = 3.200, P < 0.05). Some effects of MPA zoning

Page 158: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

144

Figure 6.1 Canonical analysis of principal coordinates (CAP) ordination for wave exposure among

inshore, midshore and offshore sites (a) and biplot of high species correlations with canonical axes

(b), on the basis of Bray-Curtis dissimilarities of fourth root transformed data

Page 159: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

145

Table 6.3 Results of significant permutational ANOVAs for species abundance. The significant of results is indicated, *p < 0.10, **p < 0.05, ***p < 0.01

TAXON Time (T) Wave Exposure (W) Zoning (Z) T x W T x Z W x Z T x W x Z

F P F P F P F P F P F P F P

Phyllacanthus irregularisa 1.057 0.397 9 0.054* 0.323 0.629 0.545 0.72 0.006 0.995 1.16 0.415 0.112 0.973

Holopneustes porossimusbc 0.282 0.77 1.977 0.143 0.053 0.808 1.465 0.214 3.018 0.051* 3.392 0.037** 0.801 0.516

Centrostephinus tenuispina 6.333 0.081* 2.133 0.304 6.667 0.161 19.833 0.007*** 26.167 0.016** 1.267 0.406 46.617 0.003***

Cenolia trichopteraac 15.982 <0.001*** 49.55 <0.001*** 4.235 0.041** 0.395 0.812 6.747 0.003*** 2.249 0.107 0.851 0.493

Petricia vermicinabc 11.182 <0.001*** 33.742 <0.001*** 12.124 0.001*** 4.514 0.001*** 1.18 0.301 5.375 0.004*** 1.192 0.318

Patiriella spp.c 1.07 0.379 2.84 0.007*** 2.093 0.129 0.656 0.822 0.528 0.641 1.457 0.249 0.332 0.86

Cypraea friendiic 2.806 0.050** 2.73 0.054* 1.82 0.156 0.758 0.572 0.265 0.761 0.455 0.673 0.607 0.654

Turbo torquatusac 2.013 0.132 1.007 0.375 3.29 0.067* 1.065 0.372 0.446 0.64 4.075 0.021** 0.959 0.434

Paguridaea 4.57 0.069* 0.704 0.558 0.304 0.628 1.137 0.428 2.657 0.154 3.936 0.143 1.605 0.293

Taxonomic Distinctnessc 1.627 0.207 4.032 0.021** 4.722 0.027** 0.975 0.427 1.801 0.170 0.157 0.850 1.894 0.115

Simpson Index 5.183 0.050** 2.590 0.232 0.025 0.890 0.071 0.988 0.889 0.452 0.522 0.648 0.419 0.790 Superscript a indicates fourth-root transformation

Superscriptb indicates assumption of homogeneity not met

Superscriptc indicates the MS value for site was pooled with the residual and the resultant value used as the denominator for the relevant F-ratios

P-values were obtained using 4999 permutations of given permutable units for each term or using 4999 Monte Carlo samples from the asymptotic permutation distribution (given in italics) when there were few possible

permutations

Page 160: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

146

Figure 6.2 Mean density (+ 1 SE) of Holopneustes porosissimus (a), Petricia vermicina (b) and Turbo

torquatus (c), according to wave exposure level, and Cenolia trichoptera (d) according to year of

survey. Open bars: sanctuaries (n = 18); solid bars: fished sites (n = 36).

were confounded by interannual variability in species distributions (Table 6.3). The

mean abundance of Cenolia trichoptera was significantly lower in sanctuaries compared

to fished sites in 2005 (Table 6.3, Fig. 6.2d; t = -4.182, P < 0.001) and the mean

abundance of Centrostephinus tenuispina varied according to year of survey and wave

exposure and zoning (Table 6.3). Sanctuaries were significantly more diverse than

fished sites as measured by taxonomic distinctness (Table 6.3).

Page 161: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

147

The abundance of several species varied significantly according to wave exposure

(Table 6.3). The mean abundance of Cenolia trichoptera and Patiriella spp. decreased

with increasing wave exposure (Table 6.3, Fig. 6.3a, b). Pair-wise tests showed the

abundance of C. trichoptera was higher inshore compared to midshore (t = -2.426, P <

0.05) and offshore (t = -9.684, P < 0.001) and higher midshore compared to offshore (t

= -7.259, P < 0.001). The mean abundance of Cypraea friendii and Phyllacanthus

irregularis appeared to be highest midshore (Table 6.3, Fig. 6.3c, d). There was a

significant effect of wave exposure on the taxonomic distinctness of the assemblages

(Table 6.3, Fig. 6.3e). Taxonomic distinctness was significantly lower at midshore sites

compared to offshore sites (Table 6.3, Fig. 25e; t = 2.494, P < 0.05). The effects of

wave exposure on species abundance and taxonomic distinctness did not vary according

to year of survey (Table 6.3).

The mean abundance of Cypraea friendii and Paguridae differed significantly according

to the year of survey (Table 6.3). The abundance of C. friendii appeared to be highest

and the mean abundance of Paguridae appeared to be lowest in 2005. The dominance of

the assemblages as measured by the Simpson index varied significantly with year of

survey (Table 6.3). Assemblages appeared to have less dominance in 2006 compared to

2003 and 2005.

Page 162: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

148

Figure 6.3 Mean density (+ 1 SE) of Cenolia trichoptera (a), Patiriella spp. (b), Cypraea friendii (c)

and Phyllacanthus irregularis (d), and mean (+ 1 SE) taxonomic distinctness (e), at inshore (n = 54),

midshore (n = 54) and offshore (n = 54) sites. For P. irregularis, sites are indicated: Boyinaboat

sanctuary zone (B), Cow Rocks (C), Wanneroo Reef (W), The Lumps sanctuary zone (L), Whitford

Rock (WR), Burns Rocks (BR), Little Island sanctuary zone (LI), South Little (S) and North Little

(N) (n = 18 per site).

Page 163: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

149

DISCUSSION

The use of temporal and spatial replication provided a rigorous test of MPA zoning and

wave exposure effects on non-targeted invertebrates. MPA zoning significantly

affected the non-targeted invertebrate assemblage. At the species level, effects of

zoning were observed for several taxa but were confounded by interactions with wave

exposure or interannual variability. A lack of generality of some zoning effects may

reflect temporal variability in the nature and strength of important processes such as

recruitment and predation. Wave exposure effects were generally similar among years.

This finding was expected given exposure to ocean swells is unlikely to be confounded

by the year of survey.

MPAs are often gazetted with an objective to maintain or increase species diversity.

Sanctuaries had higher diversity (as measured by taxonomic distinctness) compared to

fished sites in this interannual study, and Little Island sanctuary zone had higher

diversity (as measured by the Simpson’s Index) compared to offshore fished sites in the

original 2003 study (Chapter 2). These observations are consistent with Halpern’s

(2003) study which showed that invertebrate diversity is generally higher inside MPAs

compared to fished sites. Ecological theory predicts that key species, especially those

occupying high trophic levels, maintain species diversity through effects on dominant

competitor species (Paine, 1966). Support for this theory includes the effects of finfish

predation on the sea urchin Echinometra mathaei in Kenyan MPAs, which prevented

competitive exclusion of weaker competitors and resulted in higher diversity compared

to fished sites (McClanahan and Shafir, 1990). Furthermore, the availability of primary

space and the diversity of primary space users increased due to harvest protection of a

Page 164: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

150

key predator, the gastropod Concholepas concholepas, in the Chilean rocky intertidal

(Castilla and Duran, 1985; Duran and Castilla, 1989).

Locally, the theory that species diversity is maintained by predation on dominant

competitor species may apply to predation by the western rock lobster, Panulirus

cygnus, on species such as urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma. Lobsters are

significantly more abundant at sanctuaries compared to fished sites (Chapters 2 & 5)

and urchin remains have been observed in the gut contents of juvenile (Joll and Phillips,

1984) and adult P. cygnus (K. Ryan, pers. obs.). Furthermore, H. erythrogramma

appeared to be effective at dominating space within crevices and overhangs at some

fished sites (K. Ryan, pers. obs.) where lobster abundance is significantly lower

(Chapters 2 & 5). The importance of lobster predation on urchins has been shown

elsewhere (Shears and Babcock, 2002; Pederson and Johnson, 2006), however further

research is required to investigate the nature and strength of lobster predatory

interactions at Marmion Marine Park.

Other effects of MPA zoning were similar among years. Significant site variability

limited the ability of the PERMANOVA to detect zoning effects and their interaction

with time at the assemblage level. However, a comparison of the CAP results of the

original 2003 study (Chapter 2) and this interannual study indicates that some zoning

effects are similar among years. The strong association of the holothurians Stichopus

spp. with sanctuary zone assemblages observed in 2003 (Chapter 2) was upheld in this

interannual study. Zoning effects on Stichopus spp. may be driven by differences in the

macroalgae assemblage (Chapter 4). Macroalgae has been observed to affect sediment

characteristics (Lavery and McComb, 1991; Kennelly and Underwood, 1993; Viaroli et

al., 1996; Wernberg et al., 2005) and Stichopus spp. show feeding selectivity according

Page 165: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

151

to sediment characteristics (Uthicke and Karez, 1999). The strong association of

Heliocidaris eythrogramma with assemblages at fished sites in 2003 was also upheld in

this interannual study. Furthermore, analysis of species abundance showed the effects

of zoning and wave exposure on urchin Holopneustes porosissimus did not vary among

years. Zoning effects on urchins may be due to lobster predation (Chapter 2). The

consistency in temporal trends for zoning effects on seastar Petricia vermicina and

Turbo torquatus are more difficult to interpret given little is known about the ecology of

these species.

Some effects of zoning did not show generality with time. The gastropod Mitra

chalybeia (strongly associated with sanctuaries) and Paguridae, Holopneustes

porossisimus and seastar Plecaster decanus (strongly associated with fished sites) were

important in driving assemblage differences in the original 2003 study, but less so in

this interannual study (although the nature of the associations remained the same).

Instead, the gastropod Turbo torquatus (strongly associated with sanctuaries) and

seastars Cenolia trichoptera, Fromia polypora, Petricia vermicina and Coscinasteras

muricata (strongly associated with fished sites) were more important in driving

assemblage differences in this study. At the species level, zoning effects on the

abundance of Cenolia trichoptera and urchin Centrostephinus tenuispina varied among

years.

A lack of generality of zoning effects may reflect natural temporal variability in

recruitment. The importance of lobster predation in structuring prey populations may

vary according to recruitment patterns. Lobster predation on potentially less preferred

prey items such as Paguridae and Holopneustes porosissimus may be less important in

driving assemblage differences when lobster abundance is low, as in 2005 and 2006

Page 166: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

152

(Chapter 5), particularly given the small sanctuary zones do not appear to allow for a

build up of lobster abundance in sanctuaries over time (Chapter 5). The statistical

power to detect zoning effects may also vary according to recruitment patterns.

Statistical power is likely to be less when species abundance is low as an outcome of

poor recruitment. Variability in recruitment is also likely to be a driver of the temporal

variability in assemblage structure and the abundance of the gastropod Cypraea friendii.

Research to identify important ecological processes such as recruitment at Marmion

Marine Park is needed to further interpretations regarding temporal trends.

Effects of wave exposure on non-targeted invertebrates generally persisted through

time. The key drivers of assemblage differences did not vary between the original 2003

study (Chapter 2) and this interannual study. The gastropod Thais orbita and Cenolia

trichoptera were characteristic of inshore sites, urchin Phyllacanthus irregularis,

Petricia vermicina, Fromia polypora and Stichopus spp. were characteristic of midshore

sites and offshore sites were characterised by Paguridae and seastar Pentagonaster

dubeni. At the species level, the trend for high abundance of P. vermicina at midshore

sites and decreasing abundance of C. trichoptera with increasing wave exposure were

observed during the original 2003 study (Chapter 2) and this study. Furthermore, wave

exposure was an important influence on the abundance of Centrostephinus tenuispina in

both studies. Such generality of wave exposure effects is not surprising given wave

energy is unlikely to vary considerably among years.

There are several mechanisms that are likely to contribute to the significant effect of

wave exposure on non-targeted invertebrates at Marmion Marine Park. Wave exposure

may interact with benthic organisms via drag, lift, acceleration and impact forces, and

the magnitude of the force, the time between forces and the number of repetitions of the

Page 167: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

153

force may all affect species’ distribution patterns (Denny, 1995). The low abundance of

Phyllacanthus irregularis, Cypraea friendii and Patiriella spp. at offshore sites may be

due to an inability to attach firmly to the reef surface while grazing and moving. There

may be a maximum velocity of oscillatory flow beyond which movement and feeding of

these species is no longer possible, as shown for urchins elsewhere (Kawamata, 1998).

The maximum velocity of flow is likely to be relatively low for P. irregularis if large

size increases susceptibility to mechanical wave stress. The low abundance of Cenolia

trichoptera at offshore sites is likely to be due to an inability of its fragile arms to

withstand high wave energy.

Effects of wave exposure on non-targeted invertebrates may be driven indirectly by

variability in fish predators (Chapter 3). Low abundance of urchins at offshore sites

may be due to the high abundance and frequency of the predators Meuschenia

hippocrepis (Horseshoe Leatherjacket) and Coris auricularis observed there (Chapter

3). An effect of wave exposure on invertebrates may also be driven indirectly by an

influence of macroalgae on predatory fish species (Levin, 1993; 1994; Palma and Ojeda,

2002), given macroalgae assemblage varies with wave exposure (Chapter 4). Protection

from predation in areas of high kelp density has been suggested to be an important

influence on Heliocidaris erythrogramma abundance in Tasmania (Edgar et al., 2004).

Bottom up control by macroalgae may contribute to the observed effects of wave

exposure on non-targeted invertebrates. Invertebrates may show a preference to settle

according to alga species (Sarver, 1979; Johnson et al., 1991; Swanson et al., 2006,

although note Rowley, 1989). Physical disturbance on habitat-forming macroalgae at

exposed sites may also be an important process. The partial or complete removal of the

kelp Ecklonia radiata as a result of high wave energy results in small-scale macroalgal

Page 168: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

154

species turnover. Gaps in the kelp bed are colonised by a range of ephemeral,

opportunistic algae species and algae species richness in increased (Kennelly, 1987;

Collings and Cheshire, 1998; Kendrick et al., 2004). This process of disturbance and

space creation may similarly contribute to the relatively high mobile invertebrate

species diversity and variability at offshore sites, as described for sessile organisms

(Dayton, 1971). High invertebrate diversity and variability at exposed sites could also

be due to high recruitment offshore. An influence of wave exposure on larval supply to

reefs has been shown (Harris and Chester, 1996, although note Jenkins, 2005). Higher

diversity at exposed sites is in contrast to Menge’s (1976) model of community

regulation, which states diversity is low in harsh environments because of the

intolerance of all but opportunistic and highly resistant species to such conditions, as

shown by studies on invertebrates in the intertidal (e.g. Bustamente and Branch, 1996).

Some effects of wave exposure did not show generality across studies. Effects of wave

exposure on Pentagonaster dubeni, Fromia polypora and Stichopus spp. observed in the

original 2003 study (Chapter 2) were not observed in this interannual study.

Dissimilarity in trends appears to be due to the greater statistical power of the tests in

2003. Non-significant site variation (at P > 0.25) allowed the term ‘sites’ to be pooled

to increase the power of the tests, however this was not possible for this study.

Similarly, effects of wave exposure on gastropod Cypraea friendii, Phyllacanthus

irregularis, Patiriella spp. and taxonomic distinctness may have been observed in this

study because the sites term could be pooled to increase the power of the tests, unlike in

2003 (Chapter 2). Increasing the number of sites in future studies may help to address

this issue by decreasing site variability, however the number of representative control

sites is limited given the small size of Marmion Marine Park.

Page 169: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

155

The observations of this interannual study support the hypothesis that small sanctuary

zones provide conservation benefits for non-targeted species, including significantly

higher invertebrate diversity at sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Future studies that

investigate zoning effects on non-targeted species should undertake additional temporal

replication, namely hierarchical temporal sampling (Underwood, 1993; 1994) within

several randomly selected years, and process-orientated research to further

interpretations regarding observed trends. This information will help to optimize the

zoning design and increase the conservation benefits of Marmion Marine Park.

Page 170: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

156

Page 171: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

157

CHAPTER 7

General Discussion

Page 172: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

158

MAJOR FINDINGS

This study showed MPA zoning and wave exposure influence the structure of

invertebrate, fishes and macroalgae assemblages at Marmion Marine Park. Zoning and

wave exposure effects were observed at assemblage and species levels, on both targeted

and non-targeted species, and showed a variable response to time. Zoning and wave

exposure appeared to drive a dynamic interplay between biological and physical

disturbance processes. Marine conservation benefits of sanctuaries were clearly

demonstrated, including higher abundance, larger size and higher diversity of organisms

compared to fished sites.

Protection from fishing in small, no-take MPAs significantly affected the abundance

and size structure of the heavily exploited western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus

(Chapters 2 and 5). The original 2003 study showed the total abundance of lobsters and

the abundance of legal size and sub-legal lobsters were significantly higher in sanctuary

zones compared to fished sites. A variable response of these effects to the time of

survey was observed in the interannual (2003, 2005, 2006) and 2005/2006 fishing

season studies. Legal size lobsters were significantly more abundant in all three

sanctuaries compared to fished sites during the interannual study, but only at the inshore

and offshore sanctuaries during the 2005/2006 fishing season study. Unlike the original

2003 study, total abundance did not vary with zoning in the interannual study, however

total abundance was higher at inshore and offshore sanctuaries compared to fished

control sites during the 2005/2006 fishing season study. Effects of zoning on sub-legal

lobsters observed in 2003 were not upheld in the interannual or fishing season studies.

Large lobsters (> 97 mm) were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one

individual. Despite the evidence for conservation benefits of zoning on lobsters, some

observations indicated that sanctuaries provide only a temporary refuge from

Page 173: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

159

exploitation due to emigration of lobsters beyond reserve boundaries. There was no

evidence for a build up in the abundance or proportion of legal size lobsters in

sanctuaries over consecutive years, and the abundance of large lobsters observed in the

sanctuaries decreased with the duration of the fishing season.

MPA zoning significantly affected the abundance and diversity of non-targeted, benthic

invertebrates (Chapters 2 and 6). The original 2003 study showed significant

differences between invertebrate assemblages at sanctuaries and fished sites. Results

from the interannual study (2003, 2005 and 2006) supported the original study and

indicated that invertebrate assemblages had a significantly different structure and higher

diversity at sanctuaries compared to fished sites. Some species showed a consistent

response to zoning, while other zoning effects were confounded by year of survey. It

was difficult to attribute cause to the observed effects of zoning on non-targeted

invertebrates given the absence of process-orientated research, however lobster

predation was suggested to be a potential mechanism. Wave exposure was also

observed to be a significant driver of assemblage and species level patterns, and year of

survey was not an important driver of the observed trends. Assemblage variability and

diversity were highest at the most exposed sites. Wave exposure effects appeared to be

driven by morphological susceptibility to physical disturbance.

There was a significantly different abundance and size structure and lower diversity of

fish assemblages at sanctuaries compared to fished sites (Chapter 3). Differences were

suggestive of direct and indirect effects of fishing, however process-orientated research

is required to attribute cause with certainty. The observation that traditionally targeted

fish species were recorded in very low abundances and occurred too infrequently for

meaningful tests of zoning effects may be of particular concern to conservation

Page 174: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

160

managers. Large, predatory fish species were virtually absent, despite anecdotal reports

that they were once abundant in the Park. Exposure to wave energy was also observed

to be a significant influence on fish abundance and size structure. A smaller percentage

of the assemblage appeared to be in larger size categories at offshore sites compared to

inshore and midshore sites. Effects of wave exposure on fishes may to be driven by

morphological susceptibility to physical disturbance, interspecific competition or

bottom-up control by invertebrates and macroalgae.

Finally, MPA zoning marginally influenced macroalgal assemblage structure (Chapter

4). Sanctuaries were characterised by relatively palatable species for fish and

invertebrates, compared to species that appeared to be more resistant to grazing at fished

sites. Results suggest MPA zoning may affect grazing by fishes or invertebrates. Wave

exposure was also observed to be a significant driver of macroalgal patterns. Many

species that characterised offshore sites appeared to have morphologies adapted to high

wave energy, in contrast to more delicate morphologies that were typical of inshore

sites.

Effects of zoning on invertebrates, fishes and macroalgae were observed at Marmion

Marine Park despite the sanctuary zones being extremely small and the potential for

species such as Panulirus cygnus to move beyond reserve boundaries. The extremely

small sanctuaries are comparable in size to the smallest reserves that have been shown

to affect fish abundance, although those were in tropical ecosystems (e.g. St. Lucia,

Roberts and Hawkins, 1997; Apo Island, Russ and Alcala, 1996). Other temperate

MPAs that have been shown to affect macroalgae have been much larger (Babcock et

al., 1999; Shears and Babcock, 2003; Parsons et al., 2004; Fraschetti et al., 2005;

Guidetti, 2006). Furthermore, effects were detected despite low statistical power due to

Page 175: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

161

the unreplication of sanctuaries within wave exposures. Clearly, contributions to

marine conservation can be made from protection from fishing in small sanctuaries.

However, small size may limit the nature and magnitude of such benefits. Large

reserves are needed to sustain viable populations of diverse groups of organisms

(Halpern, 2003).

These findings make an original contribution to science. Stereo-video technology and

the statistical techniques of permutational ANOVA and Canonical Analysis of Principal

Coordinates are novel approaches to investigate the effects of MPA zoning and wave

exposure on the abundance and size of targeted species. The findings contribute to the

currently limited body of evidence regarding the ecological effects of wave exposure,

particularly in relation to subtidal invertebrates. Importantly, effects of zoning on

temperate communities in Western Australia have not previously been demonstrated.

MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS

Ecological effects of the sanctuary zones at Marmion Marine Park have been

demonstrated by this study. However, some results indicate that the small sanctuary

zones are unlikely to provide long term conservation for some targeted species. This

significant shortfall can be addressed by amending the zoning scheme according to the

following recommendations.

An important first step will be the development of measurable and scientifically

verifiable conservation and fisheries management objectives. Objectives at both

assemblage and species levels should be identified. In particular, management

objectives should address species most at risk from human impact, including the heavily

Page 176: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

162

targeted Panulirus cygnus. The principal method of ensuring the sustainability of the P.

cygnus fishery is maintenance of the breeding stock (Phillips and Melville-Smith,

2005). Fishing the P. cygnus population below the size-at-maturity can overexploit the

parent stock and lead to overfishing of recruits, as appeared to occur in the early 1990s

(Walters et al., 1993). Several management strategies were subsequently implemented

at this time, however these strategies offer only partial protection to the breeding stock:

mature females smaller than 115 mm in the non-setose phase and mature males are not

protected from fishing. Evidence presented by this research suggests sanctuaries offer

protection of the breeding stock by the protection of large lobsters at the size of sexual

maturity (at least at the start of the fishing season) and juvenile lobsters of legal-size

which will ultimately become breeders. However, clearly the sanctuaries need to be

much larger and more numerous to have long term conservation benefits at a fisheries

management scale, and in this event the outcomes of the displacement of fishing effort

will need to be managed. Marine conservation and fisheries objectives of the

sanctuaries need to be clearly identified by managers if optimization of the current

zoning scheme design is to occur.

Design criteria such as number, size and location of sanctuary zones will be specific to

the management objectives for Marmion Marine Park. However, it is possible to make

some general recommendations concerning design criteria. Firstly, the number of

sanctuary zones needs to be increased. The ecological assemblages within each level of

wave exposure are distinct. Thus for each assemblage type, the current reserve design

does not include replication of protection from fishing in sanctuaries. Such a design

does not offer any ‘insurance’ in the event of isolated impacts affecting a particular

zone. Multiple sanctuary zones will better spread risks (and costs) than a single

sanctuary. To this end, a minimum of two sanctuary zones per wave exposure level is

Page 177: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

163

recommended. Furthermore, there is no protection from fishing of the more exposed,

outer margins of the offshore reef systems (for example, at Three Mile Reef). This area

is likely to be characterised by a unique assemblage given the influence of wave

exposure observed in this study. A significant relationship between depth and the

macroalgae assemblage was also observed. Thus, additional sanctuaries at the more

exposed, deep regions of the Park should be implemented. These design changes will

help to ensure that all marine flora, fauna and habitats are represented in sanctuary

zones.

The size of the sanctuary zones should be increased. The extremely small size of the

sanctuaries is likely to have limited their conservation effectiveness. Observations of

large lobsters at the size of sexual maturity were few and occurred only at sanctuaries at

Marmion Marine Park, with the exception of one individual. Sanctuaries are likely to

provide protection for lobsters that have small home ranges, but only a temporary refuge

for others, where their effectiveness decreases as the probability of entering the fishery

and being caught increases with time. Furthermore, it appears probable that the small

size of the sanctuaries is too limited relative to the movement of fishes to adequately

protect stocks of some targeted species.

Claudet at al. (2008) and Friendlander et al. (2007) have shown that response to

protection is dependent on reserve size, contrary to previous empirical studies that

found no effect of size (Cote´ et al. 2001; Halpern 2003; Guidetti & Sala 2007). These

findings support the many theoretical studies that suggest that large reserves should be

more effective for conservation purposes than small reserves (for example, Botsford et

al. 2003; Roberts et al. 2003). Small reserves such as St. Lucia, West Indies (0.026

km2) (Roberts and Hawkins, 1997) and Apo Island, Phillipines (0.11 km2) (Russ and

Page 178: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

164

Alcala, 1996) can demonstrate ecological effects, but at some point an MPA will

become too limited in area relative to the movement of fishes to allow stock build up

(Roberts and Hawkins, 1997) or to be self-sustaining. Small MPAs may not support

populations that are large enough to persist, especially for mobile species that often

cross MPA boundaries. If populations cannot sustain themselves, the MPA will serve

neither conservation nor fishery management objectives (Roberts et al., 2003).

Increasing the size of the sanctuaries and protection of all habitat types used by targeted

species, including adjacent seagrass areas and deep-water habitat, is more likely to

provide permanent refuge from exploitation at Marmion Marine Park. Increasing the

size of the sanctuaries will also address the current impediments to scientifically test for

the effectiveness of the zoning scheme. The power of statistical tests in this study to

detect effects of zoning was limited by the extremely small size of the sanctuaries and

their lack of replication within each level of wave exposure. The very small area of

habitat protected in sanctuaries makes future increases in the sample size while

achieving true spatial randomization difficult, if not impossible at some sites,

particularly when surveying fish species.

So, how large is large enough? It is near impossible to find an ideal MPA size for all

species (Airame et al., 2003). Most agree that MPAs must encompass the diversity of

marine habitats (Botsford et al., 2003; Roberts et al., 2003). How much habitat is

dependant on the specific goals of the MPAs (such as fishery management versus

biodiversity conservation), the life history and dispersal characteristics of the species

present and the existing fishing pressure (Polacheck, 1990; Mangel, 2000; Botsford et

al., 2003).

Page 179: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

165

In the event that information requirements such as species movement patterns at

Marmion Marine Park are unknown, Roberts et al. (2001) suggestion that coastal areas

contain a network of different sized MPAs, ranging from a few kilometres to tens of

kilometres, separated by distances of a few to a few tens of kilometers, is recommended

as the basis for decisions regarding the revised zoning scheme. Similarly, Shanks et al.

(2003) suggested that an MPA four to six kilometers in diameter should be large enough

to contain the larvae of short-distance dispersers, and MPAs spaced ten to twenty

kilometers apart should be close enough to capture propagules released from adjacent

MPAs. A further guide is the estimate of Roberts and Hawkins (2000) that networks of

fully protected MPAs should cover 20% or more of all biogeographic regions and

habitats to meet both conservation goals and human needs.

An adaptive management approach should be implemented at Marmion Marine Park.

By establishing a variety of MPA sizes, investigations of the efficacy of different MPA

designs can occur. MPA design can then continue to evolve as new ecological

understanding comes to light. An increase in the total Marine Park area is likely to be

required to accommodate such improvements in the sanctuary zone designation. An

increase in the total Marine Park area will also increase the availability of representative

control sites (which is particularly limited for inshore and midshore reef lines) and

improve the statistical power for future investigations.

Observations made during this research are suggestive of overfishing. Few large,

sexually mature lobsters were observed. Large, predatory fish species appear to be

virtually absent. I recorded very low abundances of traditionally targeted species that

fishers reported to be once abundant and common, and the fish assemblages are

dominated by weedy, fast-growing species. MPA zoning affected the size of Coris

Page 180: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

166

auricularis (Western King Wrasse), a low-quality eating species that is currently being

targeted by fishers, but has not been targeted traditionally. The observations are

supportive of anecdotal reports of changes to the fish assemblages over time.

Unfortunately, the absence of a historical baseline dataset precludes an objective

assessment of the nature and magnitude of this potential change. However, the

combination of the observations of this study and anecdotal evidence indicate that

traditional management measures such as bag and size limits, have not prevented

overfishing from occurring at Marmion Marine Park. Persistent, irreducible scientific

uncertainty pertaining to marine ecosystems imposes significant risk on a sole reliance

on traditional fisheries management techniques (Lauck et al., 1998). It is possible that

changes to the assemblages may have occurred to the extent that they preclude a return

to the pre-altered state, as many collapsed stocks have not recovered to former

abundance levels (Hutchings, 2000; Scheffer et al., 2001; Roberts, 2003). Large and

spatially replicated sanctuary zones should be used in conjunction with fisheries

management tools in adjacent fished areas, to provide a coherent and synergistic

management approach for the future.

The review of the zoning scheme at Marmion Marine Park should give due

consideration to the bioregional context within which the Park lies. Marmion Marine

Park does not represent an isolated ecosystem. Rather, the Marine Park is part of the

larger Central West Coast marine bioregion, which extends approximately 600 km from

Trigg Island to Kalbarri (Anon, 1997). This is an area of biogeographical overlap

between the warm, tropical waters of the north and the cool, temperate waters off the

south coast of Western Australia (Anon, 1997). The bioregion contains an unusual mix

of tropical and temperate species, as well as many endemic species (Anon, 1997). Of

particular relevance to this study, is that it will be virtually impossible for a single MPA

Page 181: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

167

to be large enough to be self-sustaining for Panulirus cygnus, which is characterized by

a long larval phase and large dispersal distances. Ultimately, the provision of

conservation and fishery benefits for P. cygnus by MPAs will be dependent on the

existence of a network of MPAs within the Central West Coast marine bioregion, to

protect both source and sink populations, as per the design criteria suggested by Shanks

et al. (2003) and Lubchenco et al. (2003). Measureable and scientifically verifiable

conservation and fisheries management objectives should be developed for the Central

West Coast marine bioregion. The role of Marmion Marine Park in meeting these

bioregional objectives should then be identified. This holistic approach to management

will provide for the development of an adequate and representative system of sanctuary

zones that will ensure the conservation of biodiversity over the long term.

Further research and monitoring is also recommended. Sanctuary zone designation has

provided a large-scale manipulative experiment for the investigation of important

processes that influence assemblage structure and variability. However, there are

fundamental gaps in knowledge regarding the ecology of most species that occur in the

Park, thus my ability to fully interpret the observed trends was constrained. For

example, this descriptive study generated several hypotheses of potentially important

processes regarding lobster movement patterns; top-down control by lobsters, urchins

and fish; bottom up control by sediments, macroalgae and invertebrates; interspecific

interactions involving Parma mccullochi; effects of wave exposure on settlement-

related processes such as larval supply; and morphological susceptibility to physical

disturbance from wave action. Much knowledge needs to be gained if the ecological

effects of MPA zoning and wave exposure are to be fully understood.

Page 182: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

168

Ecological research regarding Panulirus cygnus is recommended as a priority. For

example, acoustic tracking research to investigate the movement patterns and home

range size of legal size and adult P. cygnus would be worthwhile. Although some

results were indicative of emigration, tracking studies are needed to determine to what

extent the sanctuaries provide a refuge from exploitation, and conversely their potential

contributions to fisheries management via subsidising exploited populations.

Knowledge of lobster predation and grazing processes is likely to make an important

contribution to interpreting the trends observed in this and future studies.

Ongoing monitoring of the effects of the sanctuaries is recommended. Although there is

evidence to suggest that MPA effects on targeted species occur within 1 – 3 years after

reserve declaration (Halpern and Warner, 2002), recovery of species in sanctuaries may

require more time to occur. Stocks of some targeted species are currently of very low

abundance, and slow-growing and late-maturing species may respond much more

slowly to protection from fishing than short-lived, fast-growing species (Halpern and

Warner, 2002). Furthermore, there is a paucity of data collected before the zones were

implemented, preventing the implementation of a ‘beyond Before-After, Control-

Impact’ approach (Underwood, 1991; 1992; 1993; Schmitt and Osenberg, 1996). The

test for an impact using any design without before data will be less powerful and certain

in its interpretation than an equivalent test with data from before and after some impact

(Green 1979, Peterson 1993). Without before data, an impact will often be detected

only if there is relatively little variability between control sites, or if the impact is

particularly large. Multiple, independent sampling times in post-impact monitoring

studies may minimize this issue (Glasby, 1997; Underwood, 1991). Hierarchical

temporal sampling (Underwood, 1993; 1994) should thus be used within several

randomly selected years. Temporal sampling should be undertaken simultaneously with

Page 183: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

169

process-oriented research to allow meaningful interpretations regarding the generality of

trends.

It should be noted, however, that further research and monitoring is not required as a

precursor to implementing the management recommendations of this study. Sufficient

evidence has been provided to justify the ongoing use of the sanctuary zones as a

management tool and to undertake the necessary improvements to their design. Despite

the significant sanctuary zone effects observed in this study, the virtual absence of large,

predatory fish species and the few remaining large lobsters, emphasises the fact that the

entire area has been overfished. An adaptive management approach is required. The

lessons learned from this study should be applied to improve the conservation

effectiveness of the zoning scheme as a management priority. A holistic management

approach would also consider a review of fisheries management techniques, whereby

bag and size limits are reduced for the heavily targeted species.

CONCLUSION

This research presented evidence for the effects of MPA zoning and wave exposure on

the subtidal reef communities of Marmion Marine Park. Evidence for the limitations of

the current zoning scheme was also presented. An increase in the size and number of

sanctuaries is the most appropriate way forward if marine conservation in this area is a

priority. Roberts et al. (2001) suggestion that coastal areas contain a network of

different sized reserves, ranging from a few kilometres to tens of kilometres, separated

by distances of a few to a few tens of kilometers, is appropriate. Such amendments to

the zoning scheme will increase the conservation benefits of the Marine Park and

facilitate future investigations of the effects of human impact and management. A

Page 184: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

170

recent study has shown a progressive decline in size of Panulirus cygnus at first

maturity over the past 20 years that could be indicative of a genotypic response to the

selective removal of large lobsters and high exploitation rates (Melville-Smith and de

Lestang, 2006). It seems an opportune time to invest in large and spatially replicated

sanctuary zones to contribute to the future of marine conservation in this area.

Page 185: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

171

REFERENCES

Acosta, C.A., Robertson, D.N., 2003. Comparative spatial ecology of fished spiny

lobsters Panulirus argus and an unfished congener P. guttatus in an isolated marine reserve at Glover's Reef atoll, Belize. Coral Reefs 22, 1-9.

Agardy, M.T., 1994. Advances in marine conservation: the role of marine protected

areas. Trends Ecol. Evol. 9, 267. Airame, S., Dugan, J.E., Lafferty, K.D., Leslie, H., McArdle, D.A., Warner, R.R., 2003.

Applying ecological criteria to marine reserve design: a case study from the California Channel Islands. Ecol. Appl. 13, S170-S184.

Allee, W. C., 1931. Animal Aggregations. A study in General Sociology. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.

Anderson, M.J., 2001a. Permutation tests for univariate or multivariate analysis of

variance and regression. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 58, 626-639. Anderson, M.J., 2001b. A new method for non-parametric multivariate analysis of

variance. Austral Ecol. 26, 32-46. Anderson, M.J., 2003. XMATRIX: a FORTRAN computer program for calculating

design matrices for terms in ANOVA designs in a linear model. Department of Statistics, University of Auckland, New Zealand.

Anderson, M.J., 2004a. DISTLM v.5: a FORTRAN computer program to calculate a

distance-based multivariate analysis for a linear model, Department of Statistics, University of Auckland, New Zealand.

Anderson, M.J., 2004b. CAP: a FORTRAN computer program for canonical analysis

of principal coordinates. Department of Statistics, University of Auckland, New Zealand.

Anderson, M.J., Robinson, J., 2003. Generalized discriminant analysis based on

distances. Aust. N. Z. J. Stat. 45, 301-318. Anderson, M.J., Willis, T.J., 2003. Canonical analysis of principal coordinates: a useful

method of constrained ordination for ecology. Ecology 84, 511-525. Anderson, T.W., Darling, D.A., 1952. Asymptotic theory of certain “goodness of fit”

criteria based on stochastic processes. Ann. Math. Stat. 23, 193-212. Andrew, N., 1994. Survival of kelp adjacent to areas grazed by sea urchins in New

South Wales, Australia. Aust. J. Ecol. 19, 466-472. Andrew, N.L., Jones, G.P., 1990. Patch formation by herbivorous fish in a temperate

Australian kelp forest. Oecologia 85, 57-68. Andrew, N.L., Veijo, R.M., 1998. Ecological limits to invasion of Sargassum muticum

in Northern Spain. Aquat. Biol. 60, 251-263.

Page 186: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

172

Annala, J.H., Bycroft, B.L., 1987. Fecundity of the New Zealand red rock lobster, Jasus

edwardsii. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 21, 591-597. Anon, 1997. Interim marine and coastal regionalisation for Australia: an ecosystem-

based classification for marine and coastal environments. Version 3.2. Environment Australia, Commonwealth Department of the Environment, Canberra.

Anon, 2005. Integrated Fisheries Management Report: Western Rock Lobster

Resource. Department of Fisheries, Perth. Ashworth, J.S., Ormond, R.F.G., 2005. Effects of fishing pressure and trophic group on

abundance and spillover across boundaries of a no-take zone. Biol. Conserv. 121, 333-344.

Babcock, R.C., Kelly, S., Shears, N.T., Walker, J.W., Willis, T.J., 1999. Changes in

community structure in temperate marine reserves. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 189, 125-134.

Bell, J.D., 1983. Effects of depth and marine reserve fishing restrictions on the structure

of a rocky reef fish assemblage in the North-Western Mediterranean Sea. J. Appl. Ecol. 20, 357-369.

Benedetti-Cecchi, L., Bertocci, I., Micheli, F., Maggi, E., Fosella, T., Vaselli, S., 2003.

Implications of spatial heterogeneity for management of marine protected areas (MPAs): examples from assemblages of rocky coasts in the northwest Mediterranean. Mar. Environ. Res. 55, 429-458.

Bernstein, B.B., Schroeter, S.C., Mann, K.H., 1983. Sea urchin (Strongylocentrotus

droebachiensis) aggregating behaviour investigated by a subtidal multifactorial experiment. Can. J. Fish. .Aquat. Sci. 40, 1975-1986.

Blanchette, A.A., Miner, B.G., Gaines, S.D., 2002. Geographic variability in form, size

and survival of Egregia menziesii around Point Conception, California. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 239, 69-82.

Bohnsack, J.A., 1998. Application of marine reserves to reef fisheries management.

Austral. Ecol. 23, 298-304. Bolton, J.J., 1994. Global seaweed diversity: patterns and anomalies. Bot. Mar. 37,

241-245. Botsford, L. W., Micheli, F., Hastings., A., 2003. Principles for the design of marine

reserves. Ecol. Appl. 13, S25—S31. Bray, J.R., Curtis, J.T., 1957. An ordination of the upland forest communities of

southern Wisconsin. Ecol. Monogr. 27, 325-349. Breen, P.A., Mann, K.H., 1976. Changing lobster abundance and the destruction of kelp

beds by sea urchins. Mar. Biol. 34, 137-142.

Page 187: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

173

Brown, R., Caputi, N., 1986. Conservation of recruitment of the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus) by improving survival and growth of undersize rock lobster captured and returned by fishermen to the sea. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 43, 2236-2242.

Brown, R.S., Caputi, N., 1983. Factors affecting the recapture of undersize western rock

lobster Panulirus cygnus George returned by fishermen to the sea. Fish. Res. 2, 103-108.

Bustamente, R.H., Branch, G.M., 1996. Large scale patterns and trophic structure of

southern African rocky shores: the roles of geographic variation and wave exposure. J. Biogeogr. 23, 339-351.

Campbell, A., Stasko, A.B., 2004. Movements of lobsters (Homarus americanus) tagged

in the Bay of Fundy, Canada. Mar. Biol. 92, 393-404. Caputi, N., Brown, R.S., Chubb, C.F., 1995a. Regional Prediction of the Western Rock

Lobster, Panulirus-Cygnus, Commercial Catch in Western-Australia. Crustaceana 68, 245-256.

Caputi, N., Chubb, C., Melville-Smith, R., Pearce, A., Griffin, D., 2003. Review of

relationships between life history stages of the western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus, in Western Australia. Fish. Res.

Caputi, N., Chubb, C.F., Brown, R.S., 1995b. Relationship between spawning stock,

enviornment, recruitment and fishing effort for the western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus, fishery in Western Australia. Crustaceana 68, 213-226.

Castilla, J.C., Duran, L.R., 1985. Human exclusion from the rocky intertidal zone of

central Chile: the effects on Concholepas concholepas (Gastropoda). Oikos 45, 391-399.

Ceccherelli, G., Casu, D., Pala, D., Pinna, S., Sechi, N., 2006. Evaluating the effects of

protection on two benthic habitats at Tavolara-Punta Coda Cavallo MPA (North-East Sardinia, Italy). Mar. Environ. Res. 61, 171-185.

Chittleborough, R.G., 1974. Home range, homing and dominance in juvenile western

rock lobsters. Aust. J.. Mar. Freshw. Res. 25, 227-234. Choat, J.H., 1982. Fish feeding and the structure of benthic communities in temperate

waters. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 13, 423-449. Choat, J.H., Schiel, D.R., 1982. Patterns of distribution and abundance of large brown

algae and invertebrate herbivores in subtidal regions of northern New Zealand. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 60, 129-162.

Clarke, K.R. and Warwick, R.M., 1998. A taxonomic distinctness index and its

statistical properties. J. Appl. Ecol. 35, 523-531. Clarke, K.R., 1993. Non-parametric multivariate analyses of changes in community

structure. Aust. J. Ecol. 18, 117-143.

Page 188: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

174

Claudet, J., Osenberg, C.W., Benedetti-Cecchi, L., Domenici, P., Garcia-Charton, J.-A., Perez-Ruzafa, A., Badalamenti, F., Bayle-Sempere, J., Brito, A., Bulleri, F., Culioli, J.-M., Dimech, M., Falcon, J.M., Guala, I., Milazzo, M., Sanchez-Meca, J., Somerfield, P.J., Stobart, B., Vandeperre, F., Valle, C., Planes, S., 2008. Marine reserves: size and age do matter. Ecol. Lett. 11, 481-489.

Claudet, J., Pelletier, D., Jouvenel, J.-Y., Bachet, F., Galzin, R., 2006. Assessing the

effects of marine protected area (MPA) on a reef fish assemblage in a northwestern Mediterranean marine reserve: Identifying community-based indicators. Biol. Conserv. 130, 349-369.

Cobb, S.J., 1981. Behaviour of the Western Australian spiny lobster, Panulirus cygnus

George, in the field and laboratory. Aust. J.. Mar. Freshw. Res. 32, 399-409. Cole, R.G., 1999. Trophic relationships between fishes and benthic organisms on

northeastern New Zealand reefs. Vie Milieu 49, 201-212. Cole, R.G., Ayling, T.M., Creese, R.G., 1990. Effects of marine reserve protection at

Goat Island Northern New Zealand. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 24, 197-210. Cole, R.G., Babcock, R.C., Travers, V., Creese, R.G., 2001. Distributional expansion of

Carpophyllum flexuosum onto wave-exposed reefs in north-eastern New Zealand. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 35, 17-32.

Collings, G.J., Cheshire, A.C., 1998. Composition of subtidal macroalgal communities

of the lower gulf waters of South Australia, with reference to water movement and geographical separation. Aust. J. Bot. 46, 657-669.

Cote, I.M., Mosqueira, I., Reynolds, J.D., 2001. Effects of marine reserve characteristics

on the protection of fish populations: a meta-analysis. J. Fish Biol. 59, S178-S189.

Cox, C., Hunt, J.H., 2005. Change in size and abundance of Caribbean spiny lobsters

Panulirus argus in a marine reserve in the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary, USA. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 294, 227-239.

Cusack, R. and Roennfeldt, M., 1987. Fishing the wild west. St. George Books, Perth. Davidson, R.J., 2001. Changes in population parameters and behaviour of blue cod

(Parapercis colias; Pinguipedidae) in Long Island-Kokomohua Marine Reserve, Marlborough Sounds, New Zealand. Aquat. Conserv. 11, 417-435.

Davidson, R.J., Villouta, E., Cole, R.G., Barrier, R.G.F., 2002. Effects of marine reserve

protection on spiny lobster (Jasus edwardsii) abundance and size at Tonga Island Marine Reserve, New Zealand. Aquat. Conserv. 12, 213-227.

Davis, G.E., 1977. Effects of recreational harvest on a spiny lobster, Panulirus argus,

population. Bull. Mar. Sci. 27, 223-236. Davis, G.E., Dodrill, J.W., 1989. Recreational fishery and population-dynamics of spiny

lobsters, Panulirus argus, in Florida Bay, Everglades National Park, 1977-1980. Bull. Mar. Sci. 44, 78-88.

Page 189: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

175

Davison, W., 1987. The median fin muscles of the leatherjacket, Parika scaber (Pisces:

Balistidae). Cell Tissue Res. 248, 131-135. Dayton, P.K., 1971. Competition, disturbance, and community organization: the

provision and subsequent utilization of space in a rocky intertidal community. Ecol. Monogr. 41, 351–389.

DeMartini, E.D., 1993. Modeling the potential of fishery reserves for managing Pacific

coral reef fishes. Fish. Bull. 91, 414-427. Denny, C.M., 2005. Distribution and abundance of labrids in northeastern New Zealand:

the relationship between depth, exposure and pectoral fin aspect ratio. Environ. Biol. Fishes 72, 33-43.

Denny, M., 1995. Predicting physical disturbance: mechanistic approaches to the study

of survivorship on wave-swept shores. Ecol. Monogr. 65, 371-418. Denny, M.W., 1985. Mechanical limits to size in wave-swept organisms. Ecol. Monogr.

55, 69-102. Díez, I., Santolaria, A., Gorostiaga, J.M., 2003. The relationship of environmental

factors to the structure and distribution of subtidal seaweed vegetation of the western Basque coast (N Spain). Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 56, 1041-1054.

Dugan, J.E., Davis, G.E., 1993. Applications of marine refugia to coastal fisheries

management. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50, 2029-2042. Duran, L.R., Castilla, J.C., 1989. Variation and persistence of the middle rocky

intertidal community of central Chile, with and without human harvesting. Mar. Biol. 103, 555-562.

Ebeling, A.W., Laur, D.R., 1985. The influence of plant cover on surfperch abundance

at an offshore temperate reef. Environ. Biol. Fishes 12, 169-179. Edgar, G.J. , 1990. Predator-prey interactions in seagrass beds I. The influence of

macrofaunal abundance and size-structure on the diet and growth of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 139 (1-2), 1-22.

Edgar, G.J., 2000. Australian Marine Life. Reed New Holland, Sydney. Edgar, G.J., Barrett, N.S., 1999. Effects of the declaration of marine reserves on

Tasmanian reef fishes, invertebrates and plants. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 242, 107-144.

Edgar, G.J., Barrett, N.S., Morton, A.J., Samson, C.R., 2004. Effects of algal canopy

clearance on plant, fish and macroinvertebrate communities on eastern Tasmanian reefs. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 312, 67-87.

Edwards, K.F., Pfister, C.A., Van Alstyne, K.L., 2006. Nitrogen content in the brown

alga Fucus gardneri and its relation to light, herbivory and wave exposure. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 336, 99-109.

Page 190: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

176

Ellis, D.M., DeMartini, E.E., 1995. Evaluation of a video camera technique for indexing

the abundances of juvenile pink snapper, Pristipomoides filamentosus, and other Hawaiian insular shelf fishes. Fish. Bull. 93, 67-77.

Fairweather, P.G., 1988. Movements of intertidal whelks (Morula marginalba and

Thais orbita) in relation to availability of prey and shelter. Mar. Biol. 100, 63-68.

Farrell, J.M., 1985. Amateur fishing in the M10 area. In: Ottaway, J.R., Humphries,

R.B. (Eds.), Seminar on the proposed M10 Marine Park. Department of Conservation and Environment Bulletin 256, Perth, 205 pp.

Floeter, S.R., Krohling, W., Gasparini, J.L., Ferreira, C.E.L., Zalmon, I.R., 2007. Reef

fish community structure on coastal islands of the southeastern Brazil: the influence of exposure and benthic cover. Environ. Biol. Fishes 78, 147-160.

Fowler-Walker, M.J., Wernberg, T., Connell, S.D., 2006. Differences in kelp

morphology between wave sheltered and exposed localities: morphologically plastic or fixed traits? Mar. Biol. 148, 755-767.

Fox, N.J., Beckley, L.E., 2005. Priority areas for conservation of Western Australian

coastal fishes: a comparison of hotspot, biogeographical and complementarity approaches. Biol. Conserv. 125, 399-410.

Francour, P., 1994. Pluriannual analysis of the reserve effect on ichthyofauna in the

Scandola natural reserve (Corsica, Northwestern Mediterranean). Oceanologica Acta 17, 309-317.

Francour, P., 1997. Predation on holothurians: a literature review. Invertebr. Biol. 116,

52-60. Fraschetti, S., Terlizzi, A., Bussotti, S., Guarnieri, G., D'Ambrosio, P., Boero, F., 2005.

Conservation of Mediterranean seascapes: analyses of existing protection schemes. Mar. Environ. Res. 59, 309-332.

Friedlander, A.M., Brown, E.K., Jokiel, P.L., Smith, W.R., Rodgers, K.S., 2003. Effects

of habitat, wave exposure, and marine protected area status on coral reef fish assemblages in the Hawaiian archipelago. Coral Reefs 22, 291-305.

Froese, R., Pauly, D. (Eds.), 2006. FishBase. World Wide Web electronic publication.

www.fishbase.org, version (10/2006). Fulton, C.J., Bellwood, D.R., 2004. Wave exposure, swimming performance, and the

structure of tropical and temperate reef fish assemblages. Mar. Biol. 144, 429-437.

Garcia-Charton, J.A., Pérez-Ruzafa, Ã., Sánchez-Jerez, P., Bayle-Sempere, J.T.,

Reñones, O., Moreno, D., 2004. Multi-scale spatial heterogeneity, habitat structure, and the effect of marine reserves on Western Mediterranean rocky reef fish assemblages. Mar. Biol. 144, 161-182.

Page 191: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

177

Gascoigne, J., Lipcius, R.N., 2004. Allee effects in marine systems. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 269, 49-59.

Gell, F.R., Roberts, C.M., 2003. Benefits beyond boundaries: the fishery effects of

marine reserves. Trends Ecol. Evol. 18, 448-455. George, R.W., 1958. The status of the "white" crayfish in Western Australia. Aust. J.

Mar. Freshw. Res. 9, 537-545. Glasby, T.M., 1997. Analysing data from post-impact studies using asymmetrical

analyses of variance: a case study of epibiota on marinas. Aust. J. Ecol. 22, 448-459.

Glasby, T.M., 1999. Effects of shading on subtidal epibiotic assemblages. J. Exp. Mar.

Biol. Ecol. 234, 275-290. Goldberg, N.A., Kendrick, G.A., 2004. Effects of island groups, depth, and exposure to

ocean waves on subtidal macroalgal assemblages in the Recherche Archipelago, Western Australia. J. Phycol. 40, 631-641.

Graham, M.H., Harrold, C., Lisin, S., Kight, K., Watanabe, J.M., Foster, M.S., 1997.

Population dynamics of giant kelp Macrocystis pyrifera along a wave exposure gradient. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 148, 269-279.

Gray, H., 1992. The western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus Book 1: A natural history.

Westralian Books, Geraldton. Green, R.H., 1979. Sampling design and statistical methods for environmental

biologists. Wiley Interscience, Chichester, England. Green, R.H., 1993. Application of repeated measures designs in environmental impact

and monitoring studies. Aust. J. Ecol. 18, 81-98. Guidetti, P., 2006. Marine reserves reestablish lost predatory interactions and cause

community changes in rocky reefs. Ecol. Appl. 16, 963-976. Guidetti, P., Sala, E., 2007. Community-wide effects of marine reserves in the

Mediterranean Sea. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 335, 43–56.

Hahn, D.R., 1998. Hermit crab shell use patterns: response to previous shell experience and to water flow. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 228, 35-51.

Halpern, B.S., 2003. The impact of marine reserves: do reserves work and does reserve

size matter? Ecol. Appl. 13(1), S117-137. Halpern, B.S., Warner, R.R., 2002. Marine reserves have rapid and lasting effects. Ecol.

Lett. 5, 361-366. Harman, N., Harvey, E.S., Kendrick, G.A., 2003. Differences in fish assemblages from

different reef habitats at Hamelin Bay, south-western Australia. Mar. Freshw. Res. 54, 177-184.

Page 192: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

178

Harris, L.G., Chester, C.M., 1996. Effects of location, exposure and physical structure

on juvenile recruitment of the sea urchin Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis in the Gulf of Maine. Invertebr. Reprod. Dev. 30, 207-215.

Harvey, E., Fletcher, D., Shortis, M., 2002. Estimation of reef fish length by divers and

by stereo-video. A first comparison of the accuracy and precision in the field on living fish under operational conditions. Fish. Res. 57, 255-265.

Harvey, E.S., Fletcher, D., Shortis, M.R., 2001. A comparison of the precision and

accuracy of estimates of reef fish length made by divers and a stereo-video system. Fish. Bull. 99, 63-71.

Harvey, E.S., Shortis, M.R., 1996. A system for stereo-video measurement of sub-tidal

organisms. Mar. Tech. Soc. J. 29, 10-22. Hatcher, A., 1989. Variation in the components of benthic community structure in a

coastal lagoon as a function of spatial scale. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 40, 79-96.

Hereu, B., 2005. Movement patterns of the sea urchin Paracentrotus lividus in a marine

reserve and an unprotected area in the NW Mediterranean. Mar. Ecol. 26, 54-62. Hereu, B., Zabala, M., Linares, C., Sala, E., 2004. Temporal and spatial variability in

settlement of the sea urchin Paracentrotus lividus in the NW Mediterranean. Mar. Biol. 144, 1011-1018.

Hereu, B., Zabala, M., Linares, C., Sala, E., 2005. The effects of predator abundance

and habitat structural complexity on survival of juvenile sea urchins. Mar. Biol. 146, 293-299.

Hesp, S.A., Potter, I.C., Hall, N.G., 2002. Age and size composition, growth rate,

reproductive biology, and habitats of the West Australian dhufish (Glaucosoma hebraicum) and their relevance to the management of this species. Fish. Bull. 100, 214-227.

Holbrook, S.J., Schmitt, R.J., 1988. The combined effects of predation risk and of food

reward on patch selection. Ecology 69, 125-134. Horn, M.H., Murray, S.N., Edwards, T.W., 1982. Dietary selectivity in the field and

food preferences in the laboratory for two herbivorous fishes (Cebidichthys violaceus and Xiphister mucosus) from a temperate intertidal zone. Mar. Biol. 67, 237-346.

Howard, R.K., 1988. Fish Predators of the Western Rock Lobster (Panulirus cygnus

George) in a Nearshore Nursery Habitat. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res.. 39(3). 1988. 307-316.

Huisman, J.M., 2000. Marine Plants of Australia. University of Western Australia Press,

Perth.

Page 193: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

179

Hurd, C.L., 2000. Water motion, marine macroalgal physiology, and production. J. Phycol. 36, 453-472.

Hurd, C.L., Harrison, P.J., Druehl, L.D., 1996. Effect of seawater velocity on inorganic

nitrogen uptake by morphologically distinct forms of Macrocystis integrifolia from wave-sheltered and exposed sites. Mar. Biol. 126, 205-214.

Hutchings, J.A., 2000. Collapse and recovery of marine fishes. Nature 406, 882-885.

Hutchings, J.A., Reynolds, J.D., 2004. Marine fish population collapses: consequences for recovery and extinction risk. Bioscience 54, 297-309

Hutchins, B., 1994. A survey of the nearshore reef fish fauna of Western Australia's west and south coasts - the Leeuwin Province. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. Suppl. 46, 1-66.

Hutchins, J.B., 2001. Biodiversity of shallow reef fish assemblages in Western Australia

using a rapid censusing technique. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 20, 247-270. Hutchins, J.B., Pearce, A.F., 1994. Influence of the Leeuwin Current on recruitment of

tropical reef fishes at Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Bull. Mar. Sci. 54, 245-255.

Iacchei, M., Robinson, P., Miller, K.A., 2005. Direct impacts of commercial and

recreational fishing on spiny lobster, Panulirus interruptus, populations at Santa Catalina Island, California, United States. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 39, 1201-1214.

Irving, A.D., Connell, S.D., 2002. Sedimentation and light penetration interact to

maintain heterogeneity of subtidal habitats: algal vs. invertebrate dominated assemblages. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 245, 83-91.

Irving, A.D., Connell, S.D., 2006. Physical disturbance by kelp abrades erect algae from

the understorey. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 324, 127-137. Jenkins, S.R., 2005. Larval habitat selection, not larval supply, determines settlement

patterns and adult distribution in two chthamalid barnacles. J. Appl. Ecol. 74, 893-904.

Jenkins, S.R., Hawkins, S.J., 2003. Barnacle larval supply to sheltered rocky shores: a

limiting factor? Hydrobiologia 503, 143-151. Jennings, S., Kaiser, M.J., 1998. The effects of fishing on marine ecosystems. Adv.

Mar. Biol. 34, 201-352. Jernakoff, P., 1987. Foraging patterns of juvenile western rock lobsters Panulirus

cygnus George. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 113 (2). 1987. 125-144. Jernakoff, P., Phillips, B. F., Fitzpatrick, J. J., 1993. The diet of post-puerulus western

rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George at Seven Mile Beach, Western Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 44 (4), 649-655.

Page 194: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

180

Jernakoff, P., Phillips, B.F., Maller, R.A., 1987. A quantitative study of nocturnal

foraging distances of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 113, 9-22.

Johnson, C.R., Sutton, D.C., Olson, R.R., Giddens, R., 1991. Settlement of crown-of-

thorns starfish: role of bacteria on surfaces of coralline algae and a hypothesis for deepwater recruitment. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 71, 143-162.

Joll, L.M., Phillips, B.F., 1984. Natural diet and growth of juvenile western rock

lobsters. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 75, 145-169. Jones, G.P., 1988. Ecology of rocky reef fish of north-eastern New Zealand: a review.

N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 22, 445-462. Jones, G.P., 1992. Interactions between herbivorous fishes and macro-algae on a

temperate rocky reef. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 159, 217-235. Jones, G.P., Norman, M.D., 1986. Feeding selectivity in relation to territory size in a

herbivorous reef fish. Oecologia 68, 549-556. Kawamata, S., 1998. Effect of wave-induced oscillatory flow on grazing by a subtidal

sea urchin Strongylocentrotus nudus (A-Agassiz). J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 224, 31-48.

Kawamata, S., 2001. Adaptive mechanical tolerance and dislodgement velocity of the

kelp Laminaria japonica in wave-induced water motion. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 211, 89-104.

Kelaher, B.P., Levinton, J.S., 2003. Variation in detrital enrichment causes spatio-

temporal variation in soft-sediment assemblages. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 261, 85-97.

Kelly, S., MacDiarmid, A.B., 2003. Movement patterns of mature spiny lobsters, Jasus

edwardsii, from a marine reserve. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 37, 149-158. Kelly, S., Scott, D., MacDiarmid, A.B., 2002. The value of a spillover fishery for spiny

lobsters around a marine reserve in northern New Zealand. Coast. Manag. 30, 153-166.

Kelly, S., Scott, D., MacDiarmid, A.B., Babcock, R.C., 2000. Spiny lobster, Jasus

edwardsii, recovery in New Zealand marine reserves. Biol. Conserv. 92, 359-369.

Kendrick, G.A., 1991. Recruitment of coralline crusts and filamentous turf algae in the

Galapagos archipelago. Pacific Ocean effect of simulated scour, erosion and accretion. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 147, 47-64.

Kendrick, G.A., Harvey, E.S., Wernberg, T., Harman, N., Goldberg, N., 2004. The role

of disturbance in maintaining diversity of benthic macroalgal assemblages in southwestern Australia. Jpn J. Phycol. 52 Supplement, 5-9.

Page 195: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

181

Kendrick, G.A., Lavery, P.S., Phillips, J.C., 1999. Influence of Ecklonia radiata kelp canopy structure on macro-algal assemblages in Marmion Lagoon, Western Australia. Hydrobiologia 399, 275-283.

Kennelly, S.J., 1987a. Physical disturbances in an Australian kelp community. II.

Effects on understorey species due to differences in kelp cover. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 40, 155-165.

Kennelly, S.J., 1987b. Physical disturbances in an Australian kelp community. I.

Temporal Effects. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 40, 145-153. Kennelly, S.J., Underwood, A.J., 1993. Geographic consistencies of effects of

experimental physical disturbance on understorey species in sublittoral kelp forests in central New South Wales. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 168, 35-58.

Kingsford, M., Battershill, C., 1998. Studying temperate marine environments. A

handbook for ecologists. Canterbury University Press, Christchurch. Kitzes, J.A., Denny, M.W., 2005. Red algae respond to waves: morphological and

mechanical variation in Mastocarpus papillatus along a gradient of force. Biol. Bull. 208, 114-119.

Kruskal, J.B., Wish, M., 1978. Multidimensional scaling. Sage Publications, Beverly

Hills. Lachenbruch, P.A., Mickey, M.R., 1968. Estimation of error rates in discriminant

analysis. Technometrics 10, 1-11. Langlois, T.J., Anderson, M.J., Babcock, R.C., Kato, S., 2006. Marine reserves

demonstrate trophic interactions across habitats. Oecologia 147, 134-140. Lauck, T., Clark, C.W., Mangel, M., Munro, G.R., 1998. Implementing the

precautionary principle in fisheries management through marine reserves. Ecol. Appl. 8, S72-S78.

Lavery, P.S., Lukatelich, R.J., McComb, A.J., 1991. Changes in the biomass and

species composition of macroalgae in a eutrophic estuary. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 33, 1-22.

Lavery, P.S., McComb, A.J., 1991. Macroalgal-sediment nutrient interactions and their

importance to macroalgal nutrition in a eutrophic estuary. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 32, 281-295.

Leliaert, F., Anderson, R.J., Bolton, J.J., Coppejans, E., 2000. Subtidal understorey

algal community structure in kelp beds around the Cape Peninsula (Western Cape, South Africa). Bot. Mar. 43, 359-366.

Levene, H., 1960. Robust tests for equality of variances. In: Olkin, I., Ghurye, S.G.,

Hoeffding, W., Madow, W.G., Mann, H.B. (Eds.), Contributions to probability and statistics. Stanford University Press, Standford, California, pp. 278-292.

Page 196: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

182

Levin, P.S., 1993. Habitat structure, conspecific presence and spatial variation in the recruitment of a temperate reef fish. Oecologia 94, 176-185.

Levin, P.S., 1994. Small-scale recruitment variation in a temperate fish: the roles of

macrophytes and food supply. Environ. Biol. Fishes 40, 271-281. Levinton, J., Kelaher, B., 2004. Opposing organizing forces of deposit-feeding marine

communities. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 300, 65-82. Little, E.J.J., 1972. Tagging of spiny lobsters (Panulirus argus) in the Florida Keys,

1967-1969. Florida Department of Natural Resources, St.Petersburg. Littler, M.M., Littler, D.S., 1984. Relationships between macroalgal functional form

groups and substrate stability in a subtropical rocky-intertidal system. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 74, 13-34.

Lubchenco, J., Palumbi, S.R., Gaines, S.D., Andelman, S., 2003. Plugging a hole in the

ocean: the emerging science of marine reserves. Ecol. Appl. 13(1) Supplement, 3-7.

MacDiarmid, A.B., Butler, M.J.I., 1999. Sperm economy and limitation in spiny

lobsters. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 46, 14-24. Mangel, M., 2000. On the fraction of habitat allocated to marine reserves

Ecol. Lett. 3, 15–22. Masselink, G., Pattiaratchi, C., 2001. Characteristics of the sea breeze system in Perth,

Western Australia, and its effect on thenearshore wave climate. J. Coast. Res. 17, 173-187.

Maxwell, J.G.R., Cresswell, G.R., 1981. Dispersal of tropical marine larvae to the Great

Australian Bight by the Leeuwin Current. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 32, 493-500.

Mayfield, S., Branch, G.M., Cockcroft, A.C., 2005. Role and efficacy of marine

protected areas for the South African rock lobster, Jasus lalandii. Mar. Freshw. Res. 56, 913-924.

Mayfield, S., de Beer, E., Branch, G.M., 2001. Prey preference and the consumption of

sea urchins and juvenile abalone by captive rock lobsters (Jasus lalandii). Mar. Freshw. Res. 52, 773-780.

McArdle, B.H., Anderson, M.J., 2001. Fitting multivariate models to community data:

a comment on distance-based redundancy analysis. Ecology 82, 290-297. McClanahan, T.R., Arthur, R., 2001. The Effect of Marine Reserves and Habitat on

Populations of East African Coral Reef Fishes. Ecol. Appl. 11, 559-569.

McClanahan, T.R., Graham, N.A.J., Calnan, J.M., and MacNeil, M.A., 2007. Toward pristing biomass: reef fish recovery in coral reef marine protected areas in Kenya. Ecol. Appl. 17, 1055-1067.

Page 197: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

183

McClanahan, T.R., Muthiga, N.A., Kamukuru, A.T., Machano, H., Kiambo, R.W., 1999. The effects of marine parks and fishing on coral reefs of northern Tanzania. Biol. Conserv. 89, 161-182.

McClanahan, T.R., Shafir, S.H., 1990. Causes and consequences of sea urchin

abundance and diversity in Kenyan coral reef lagoons. Oecologia 83, 362-370.

McKay, R.J., 1997. FAO species catalogue. Vol. 17. Pearl perches of the world. (Family Glaucosomatidae). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of the pearl peches known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis, Rome.

McLean, R.B., 1974. Direct shell acquisition by hermit crabs from gastropods. Cell. Mol. Life Sci. 30, 206-208.

Mead, K.S., Denny, M.W., 1995. The effects of hydrodynamic shear stress on

fertilization and early development of the purple sea urchin Strongylocentrotus purpuratus. Biol. Bull. 188, 46-56.

Melville-Smith, R., de Lestang, S., 2006. Spatial and temporal variation in the size at

maturity of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George. Mar. Biol. 50, 183-195.

Menge, B.A., 1976. Organization of the New England rocky intertidal community: role

of predation, competition and environmental heterogeneity. Ecol. Monogr. 46, 355-393.

Menge, B.A., 1995. Indirect effects in marine rocky intertidal interaction webs: patterns

and importance. Ecol. Monogr. 65, 21-74. Micheli, F., Benedetti-Cecchi, L., Gambaccini, S., Bertocci, I., Borsini, C., Chato Osio,

G., Romano, F., 2005. Cascading human impacts, marine protected areas, and the structure of Mediterranean reef assemblages. Ecol. Monogr. 75, 81-102.

Micheli, F., Halpern, B.S., Botsford, L.W., Warner, R.R., 2004. Trajectories and

correlates of community change in no-take marine reserves. Ecol. Appl. 14, 1709-1723.

Montgomery, W., Gerking, S., 1980. Marine macroalgae as foods for fishes: an

evaluation of potential food quality. Environ. Biol. Fishes 5, 143-153. Montgomery, W.L., 1977. Diet and gut morphology in fishes, with special reference to

the monkey face prickleback, Cebidichthys violaceus (Stichaeida: Blennioidei). Copeia, 178-182.

Morgan, G.R., 1972. Fecundity in the western rock lobster Panulirus longipes cygnus

(George) (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palunuridae). Aust. J. Mar. Fresh Wat. Res. 23, 133-141.

Morton, B., 1999. Competitive grazers and the predatory whelk Lepsiella flindersi

(Gastropoda: Muricidae) structure a mussel bed (Xenostrobus pulex) on a southwest Australian shore. J. Molluscan. Stud. 65, 435-452.

Page 198: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

184

Mosquera, I., Côté, I.M., Jennings, S., Reynolds, J.D., 2000. Conservation benefits of marine reserves for fish populations. Anim. Conserv. 3, 321-332.

Murawski, S.A., Brown, R., Lai, H.L., Rago, P.J., Hendrickson, L., 2000. Large scale

closed areas as a fishery management tool in temperate marine systems: the Georges Bank experience. Bull. Mar. Sci. 66, 775-798.

Myers, R.A., Barrowman, N.J., Hutchings, J.A., Rosenberg A.A., 1995. Population

dynamics of exploited fish stocks at low population levels. Science 269, 1106–1108.

Naylor, J.R., McShane, P.E., 2001. Mortality of post-settlement abalone Haliotis iris

caused by conspecific adults and wave exposure. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 35, 363-369.

Norman, M.D., Jones, G.P., 1984. Determinants of territory size in the pomacentrid reef

fish, Parma victoriae. Oecologia 61, 60-69. Ottaway, J.R., Cary, J.L. and Robinson, J.E., 1987. Population changes, deduced from

anecdotal information, of certain molluscs, crustaceans and fish in the Marmion Marine Park. In: Moore, E. (Ed.), Collected technical reports on the Marmion Marine Park, Perth, Western Australia. Environmental Protection Authority Technical Series No. 19, Perth, 240 pp.

Ottaway, J.R., Simpson, C.J., 1986. Marine environments and marine communities of

the proposed M10 Marine Park. In: Ottaway, J.R., Humphries, R.B. (Eds.), Seminar on the proposed M10 Marine Park. Department of Conservation and Environment Bulletin 256, Perth, 205 pp.

Paine, R.T., 1966. Food web complexity and species diversity. Amer. Nat. 100, 65 –

75. Palma, A.T., Ojeda, F.P., 2002. Abundance, distribution and feeding patterns of a

temperate reef fish in subtidal environments of the Chilean coast: the importance of understory algal turf. Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. 75, 189-200.

Parker, H.S., 1981. Influence of relative water motion on the growth, ammonium uptake

and carbon and nitrogen composition of Ulva lactuca (Chlorophyta). Mar. Biol. 63, 309-318.

Parsons, D.M., Eggleston, D.B., 2005. Indirect effects of recreational fishing on

behavior of the spiny lobster Panulirus argus. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 303, 235-244.

Parsons, D.M., Eggleston, D.B., 2006. Human and natural predators combine to alter

behavior and reduce survival of Caribbean spiny lobster. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 334, 196-205.

Parsons, D.M., Shears, N.R., Babcock, R.C., Haggitt, T.R., 2004. Fine-scale habitat

change in a marine reserve, mapped using radio-acoustically positioned video transects. Mar. Freshw. Res. 55, 257-265.

Page 199: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

185

Pattiaratchi, C., Hegge, B., Gould, J., Eliot, I., 1997. Impact of sea-breeze activity on nearshore and foreshore processes in southwestern Australia. Cont. Shelf Res. 17, 1539-1560.

Pauly, D., Christensen, V., Guénette, S., Pitcher, T.J., Sumaila, U.R., Walters, C.J.,

Watson, R., Zeller, D., 2002. Towards sustainability in world fisheries. Nature 418, 689-695.

Pearce, A.F., Phillips, B.F., 1988. ENSO events, the Leeuwin Current, and larval

recruitment of the western rock lobster. J. Cons. Int. Explor. Mer 45, 13-21. Pearce, A.F., Walker, D.I. (eds) 1991. The Leeuwin Current: an influence on the

coastal climate and fisheries of Western Australia. In: Proceedings of the Leeuwin Current Symposium. J. R. Soc. West. Aus., Perth, pp. 140.

Pederson, H.G., Johnson, C.R., 2006. Predation of the sea urchin Heliocidaris

erythrogramma by rock lobsters (Jasus edwardsii) in no-take marine reserves. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 336, 120-134.

Peres, J.M., 1967. The Mediterranean benthos. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 5:449-

533 . Peterson, C.H., 1993. Improvement of environmental impact analysis by application of

principles derived from manipulative ecology: lessons from coastal marine case histories. Aust. J. Ecol. 18, 21-52.

Phillips, B.F., 1983. Migrations of pre-adult western rock lobsters, Panulirus cygnus, in

Western Australia. Mar. Biol. 76, 311-318. Phillips, B.F., 1986. Prediction of commercial catches of western rock lobster Panulirus

cygnus George. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 43, 2126-2130. Phillips, B.F., 2005. Lobsters: the search for knowledge continues (and why we need to

know!). N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 39, 231-241. Phillips, B.F., Melville-Smith, R., 2005. Sustainability of the western rock lobster

fishery: a review of past progress and future challenges. Bull. Mar. Sci. 76, 485-500.

Phillips, J.A., 2001. Marine macroalgal biodiveristy hotspots: why is there high species

richness and endemism in southern Australian marine benthic flora? Biodivers. Conserv. 10, 1555-1577.

Phillips, J.C., Kendrick, G.A., Lavery, P.S., 1997. A test of a functional group approach

to detecting shifts in macroalgal communities along a disturbance gradient. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 153, 125-138.

Pinnegar, J.K., Polunin, N.V.C., Francour, P., Badalamenti, F., Chemello, R., Harmelin-

Vivien, M.L., Hereu, B., Milazzo, M., Zabala, M., D'Anna, G., Pipitone, C., 2000. Trophic cascades in benthic marine ecosystems: lessons for fisheries and protected-area management. Environ. Conserv. 27, 179-200.

Page 200: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

186

Polacheck, T., 1990. Year around closed areas as a management tool. Nat. Res. Model. 4, 327-353.

Rilov, G., Benayahu, Y., Gasith, A., 2004. Life on the edge: do biomechanical and

behavioural adaptations to wave-exposure correlate with habitat partitioning in predatory whelks? Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 282, 193-204.

Roberts, C.M., 2003. Our shifting perspectives on the oceans. Oryx 37, 1-12 Roberts, C.M., Halpern, B., Palumbi, S.R., Warner, R.R., 2001. Reserve networks: why

small, isolated protected areas are not enough. Conserv. Biol. Prac. 2, 10-17. Roberts, C.M., Hawkins, J.P., 1997. How small can a marine reserve be and still be

effective? Coral Reefs 16, 150. Roberts, C.M., Hawkins, J.P., 2000. Fully-protected marine reserves: a guide. World

Wildlife Fund-US, Washington D.C, USA and Environment Department, University of York, York, UK.

Roberts, C.M., Polunin, N.V.C., 1993. Marine reserves: simple solutions to managing

complex fisheries? Ambio 22, 363-368. Roberts, C.M., Andelman, S., Branch, G., Bustamente, R.H., Castilla, J.C., Dugan, J.,

Halpern, B.S., Lafferty, K.D., Leslie, H., Lubchenco, J., McArdle, D., Possingham, H.P., Ruckelshaus, M., Warner, R.R., 2003. Ecological criteria for evaluating candidate sites for marine reserves. Ecol. Appl. 13, S199-S214.

Rogers-Bennett, L., Pearse, J.S., 2001. Indirect benefits of marine protected areas for

juvenile abalone. Conserv. Biol. 15, 642-647. Rowe, S., 2001. Movement and harvesting mortality of American lobsters (Homarus

americanus) tagged inside and outside no-take reserves in Bonavista Bay, Newfoundland. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 58, 1336-1346.

Rowe, S., 2002. Population parameters of American lobster inside and outside no-take

reserves in Bonavista Bay, Newfoundland. Fish. Res. 56, 167-175. Rowley, R.J., 1989. Settlement and recruitment of sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus spp.)

in a sea-urchin barren ground and a kelp bed: are populations regulated by settlement or post-settlement processes? Mar. Biol. 100, 1432-1793.

Rowley, R.J., 1994. Marine reserves in fisheries management. Aquat. Conserv.: Mar.

Freshw. Ecosyst. 4, 233-254. Ruitton, S., Francour, P., Boudouresque, C.F., 2000. Relationships between algae,

benthic herbivorous invertebrates and fishes in rocky sublittoral communities of a temperate sea (Meditteranean). Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 50, 217-230.

Russ, G.R., 1991. Coral reef fisheries: effects and yields. In: Sale, P.F. (Ed.), The

ecology of fishes on coral reefs. Academic Press, San Diego, pp. 601-35.

Page 201: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

187

Russ, G.R., Alcala, A.C., 1989. Effects of intense fishing pressure on an assemblage of coral reef fishes. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 56, 13-27.

Russ, G.R., Alcala, A.C., 1996. Marine reserves: rates and patterns of recovery and

decline of large predatory fish. Ecol. Appl. 6, 947-961.

Russ, G.R., Alcala, A.C., 2004. Marine reserves: long-term protection is required for full recovery of predatory fish populations. Oecologia.138, 622–627

Russell, B.C., 1983. The food and feeding habits of rocky reef fish of north-eastern New

Zealand. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 17, 121-145. Sala, E., Boudouresque, C.F., 1997. The role of fishes in the organization of a

Mediterranaean sublittoral community. I: Algal communities. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 212, 25-44.

Sala, E., Boudouresque, C.F., Harmelin-Vivien, M., 1998. Fishing, trophic cascades,

and the structure of algal assemblages: evaluation of an old but untested paradigm. Oikos 82, 425-439.

Sale, P.F., Cowen, R.K., Danilowicz, B.S., Jones, G.P., Kritzer, J.P., Lindeman, K.C.,

Planes, S., Polunin, N.V.C., Russ, G.R., Sadovy, Y.J., Steneck, R.S., 2005. Critical science gaps impede use of no-take fishery reserves. Trends Ecol. Evol. 20, 74-80.

Sarver, D.J., 1979. Recruitment and juvenile survival in the sea hare Aplysia juliana

(Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia). Mar. Biol. 54, 353-361. Scharf, F.S., Manderson, J.P., Fabrizio, M.C., 2006. The effects of seafloor habitat

complexity on survival of juvenile fishes: species-specific interactions with structural refuge. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 335, 167-176.

Scheffer, M., Carpenter, S., Foley, J.A., Folke, C., Walker, B., 2001. Catastrophic shifts

in ecosytems. Nature, 591-596. Scheibling, R.E., Hamm, J., 1991. Interactions between sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus

droebachiensis) and their predators in field and laboratory experiments. Mar. Biol. 110, 105-116.

Schiel, D.R., Andrew, N.L., Foster, M.S., 1995. The structure of subtidal algal and

invertebrate assemblages at the Chatham Islands, New Zealand. Mar. Biol. 123, 355-367.

Schmitt, R.J., Osenberg, C.W. (1996). Detecting ecological impacts: concepts and

applications in coastal habitats. Academic Press, San Diego. Searle, D.J., Semeniuk, V., 1985. The natural sector of the inner Rottnest Shelf coast

adjoining the Swan Coastal Plain. J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 67, 116-136. Shanks, A.L., Wright, W.G., 1986. Adding teeth to wave action: the destructive effects

of wave-borne rocks on intertidal organisms. Oecologia 69, 420-428.

Page 202: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

188

Shanks, A.L., Grantham, B.A., Carr, M.H., 2003. Propagule dispersal distance and the size and spacing of marine reserves. Ecol. Appl. 13, S159-S169.

Shears, N.T., Babcock, R.C., 2002. Marine reserves demonstrate top-down control of

community structure on temperate reefs. Oecologia 132, 131-142. Shears, N.T., Babcock, R.C., 2003. Continuing trophic cascade effects after 25 years of

no-take marine reserve protection. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 246, 1-16. Shepherd, S.A., Womersley, H.B.S., 1970. The sublittoral ecology of West Island,

South Australia 1. Environmental features and the algal ecology. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 94, 105-137.

Shortis, M.R., Harvey, E.S., 1998. Design and calibration of an underwater stereo-video

system for the monitoring of marine fauna populations. Int. Arch. Phot. Rem. Sen. 32, 792-799.

Shortis, M.R., Robson, S., 2005. Vision Metrology System. World Wide Web

electronic publication. www.geomsoft.com.au, version (31/10/05). Sobel, J., 1993. Conserving marine biodiversity through marine protected areas.

Oceanus 36, 19-26. Stewart, G.W., 1985. Professional fishing in the M10 area. In: Ottaway, J.R.,

Humphries, R.B. (Eds.), Seminar on the proposed M10 Marine Park. Department of Conservation and Environment, Perth, pp. 205.

Stewart-Oaten, A., Murdoch, W.M., Parker, K.R., 1986. Environmental impact

assessment: 'Pseudoreplication' in time? Ecology 67, 929-940. Stul, T. 2005. Physical characteristics of Perth beaches, Western Australia. Honours

thesis. University of Western Australia, Perth. Swanson, R.L., de Nys, R., Huggett, M.J., Green, J.K., Steinberg, P.D., 2006. In situ

quantification of a natural settlement cue and recruitment of the Australian sea urchin Holopneustes purpurascens. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 314, 1-14.

Tegner, M.J., 1993. Southern California abalones: can stocks be rebuilt using marine

harvest refugia? Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50, 2010-2018. Tegner, M.J., Dayton, P.K., 2000. Ecosystem effects of fishing in kelp forest

communities. ICES J. Mar. Sci. 57, 579-589. Tegner, M.J., Levin, L.A., 1983. Spiny lobsters and sea urchins: Analysis of a predator-

prey interaction. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 73, 125-150. Terlizzi, A., Benedetti-Cecchi,L, Bevilacqua, S, Fraschetti, S, Guidetti, P, Anderson,

M.J., 2005. Multivariate and univariate asymmetrical analyses in environmental impact assessment: a case study of Mediterranean subtidal sessile assemblages. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 289, 27-42.

Page 203: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

189

Thorman, S., 1986. Physical factors affecting the abundance and species richness of fishes in the shallow waters of the southern Bothnian Sea (Sweden). Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 22, 357-369.

Tuya, F., Haroun, R.J., 2006. Spatial patterns and response to wave exposure of shallow

water algal assemblages across the Canarian Archipelago: a multi-scaled approach. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 311, 15-28.

Tuya, F.C., Soboil, M.L., Kido, J., 2000. An assessment of the effectiveness of marine

protected areas in the San Juan Islands, Washington, USA. ICES J. Mar. Sci. 57, 1218-1226.

Underwood, A.J., 1981. Techniques of analysis of variance in experimental marine

biology and ecology. Ann. Rev. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. 19, 513-605. Underwood, A.J., 1997. Experiments in Ecology. Their Logical Design and

Interpretation Using Analysis of Variance. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

Underwood, A.J., 1991. Beyond BACI: experimental designs for detecting human

environmental impacts on temporal variations in natural populations. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 42, 569-587.

Underwood, A.J., 1992. Beyond BACI: the detection of environmental impacts on

populations in the real, but variable, world. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 161, 145-178.

Underwood, A.J., 1993. The mechanics of spatially replicated sampling programmes to

detect environmental impacts in a variable world. Aust. J. Ecol. 18, 99-116. Underwood, A.J., 1994. On beyond BACI: sampling designs that might reliably detect

environmental disturbances. Ecol. Appl. 4, 3-15. Underwood, A.J., Kingsford, M.J., Andrew, N.L., 1991. Patterns in shallow subtidal

marine assemblages along the coast of New South Wales. Aust. J. Ecol. 16, 231-249.

Valentine, J.P., Johnson, C.R., 2005. Persistence of sea urchin (Heliocidaris

erythrogramma) barrens on the east coast of Tasmania: inhibition of macroalgal recovery in the absence of high densities of sea urchins. Bot. Mar. 48, 106-115.

Vanderklift, M.A., Kendrick, G.A., 2005. Contrasting influence of sea urchins on

attached and drift macroalgae. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 299, 101-110. Wainwright, P.C., Bellwood, D.R., Westneat, M.W., 2002. Ecomorphology of

locomotion in labrid fishes. Environ. Biol. Fishes 65, 47-62. Walker, J.A., Westneat, M.W., 2002. Pectoral fin design and swimming performance in

labriform propulsion: a comparison between rowers and flappers. J. Exp. Biol. 205, 177-187.

Page 204: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

190

Walters, C.J., Hall, N., Brown, R., Chubb, C., 1993. Spatial model for the population dynamics and exploitation of the Western Australian rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50, 1650-1662.

Wantiez, L., Thollot, P., Kulbicki, M., 1997. Effects of marine reserves on coral reef

fish communities from five islands in New Caledonia. Coral Reefs 16, 215-224. Warwick, R.M., Clarke, K.R., 1993. Increased variability as a sympton of stress in

marine communities. J. Exp. Mar. Bio. Ecol. 172, 215-226. Watson, D.L., Harvey, E.S., Anderson, M.J., Kendrick, G.A., 2005. A comparison of

temperate reef fish assemblages recorded by three underwater stereo-video techniques. Mar. Biol. 148, 415-425.

Watson, D.L., Harvey, E.S., Kendrick, G.A., Nardi, K. and Anderson, M.J. 2007.

Protection from fishing alters the species composition of fish assemblages in a temperate-tropical transition zone. Mar. Biol. 152, 1197–1206.

Wernberg, T., Kendrick, G.A., Toohey, B.D., 2005. Modification of the physical

environment by an Ecklonia radiata (Laminariales) canopy and implications for associated foliose algae. Aquat. Ecol. 39, 419-430.

Wheeler, W.N., 1980. Effect of boundary layer transport on the fixation of carbon by

the giant kelp Macrocystis pyrifera. Mar. Biol. 56, 103-110. Williamson, D.H., Russ, G.R., Ayling, A.M., 2004. No-take marine reserves increase

abundance and biomass of reef fish on inshore fringing reefs of the Great Barrier Reef. Environ. Conserv. 31, 149-159.

Willis, T.J., Anderson, M.J., 2003. Structure of cryptic reef fish assemblages:

relationships with habitat characteristics and predator density. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 257, 209-221.

Willis, T.J., Millar, R.B., Babcock, R.C., 2003a. Protection of exploited fish in

temperate regions: high density and biomass of snapper Pagrus auratus (Sparidae) in northern New Zealand marine reserves. J. Appl. Ecol. 40, 214-227.

Willis, T.J., Millar, R.B., Babcock, R.C., Tolimieri, N., 2003b. Burdens of evidence and

the benefits of marine reserves: putting Descartes before des horse? Environ. Conserv. 30, 97-103.

Winer, B.J., 1971. Statistical principles in experimental design, 2nd edition. McGraw-

Hill Kogakusha, Tokyo. Wright, I., Caputi, N., Penn, J., 2006. Depletion-based population estimates for western

rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus) fishery in Western Australia. N. Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 40, 107-122.

Wright, J.T., Steinberg, P.D., 2001. Effect of variable recruitment and post-recruitment

herbivory on local abundance of a marine alga. Ecology 82, 2200-2215.

Page 205: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

191

APPENDIX A List of surveyed invertebrates species, Chapter 2 & 6

List of the 31 invertebrate species surveyed and their % frequency of occurrence (total number of

transects = 54) for Chapter 2 and the list of 35 invertebrate species surveyed and their % frequency

of occurrence (total number of transects = 162) for Chapter 6

Class

Species/taxa

Frequency Chapter 2

Frequency Chapter 6

Gastropoda Haliotis roei 5.56 n/a Gastropoda Astralium squamiferum 11.11 1.23 Gastropoda Campanile symbolicum 0 84.57 Asteroidea Cenolia trichoptera 75.93 8.02 Echinoidea Centrostephanus tenuispinus 9.26 1.85 Gastropoda Conus anemone 1.85 22.84 Asteroidea Coscinasterias muricata 14.81 8.02 Gastropoda Cronia avellana 24.07 6.17 Gastropoda Cypraea friendii 3.70 6.79 Gastropoda Cypraea venusta 7.41 26.54 Asteroidea Fromia polypora 16.67 83.95 Echinoidea Heliocidaris erythrogramma 77.78 91.36 Malacostraca Paguridae 96.30 30.86 Echinoidea Holopneustes porosissimus 22.22 3.09 Gastropoda Mitra chalybeia 5.56 24.07 Asteroidea Pentagonaster dubeni 24.07 46.30 Asteroidea Petricia vermicina 38.89 83.33 Echinoidea Phyllacanthus irregularis 72.22 3.09 Asteroidea Plecaster decanus 7.41 1.23 Gastropoda Ranella australasia 3.70 2.47 Gastropoda Rhinoclavis bituberculatum 3.70 58.02 Holothuroidea Stichopus spp. 48.15 71.60 Gastropoda Thais orbita 66.67 9.88 Gastropoda Turbo intercostalis 16.67 59.26 Gastropoda Turbo torquatus 50.00 3.70 Gastropoda Scutus antipodes 1.85 2.47 Asteroidea Nectria saoria 3.70 12.96 Asteroidea Meridiastra spp. 14.81 12.35 Gastropoda Nudibranch spp. 3.70 8.64 Malacostraca Plagusia chabrus 9.26 0.62 Malacostraca Unidentified sp. 1 1.85 0 Malacostraca Unidentified sp. 2 0 0.62 Malacostraca Unidentified sp. 2 0 0.62 Asteroidea Nepanthia troughtoni 0 3.70 Asteroidea Nectria macrobrachia 0 0.62 Gastropoda Melo miltonis 0 0.62 Asteroidea Tosia australis 0 0

Page 206: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

192

APPENDIX B Fish species surveyed by diver operated stereo-video, Chapter 3

List of the 43 fish species surveyed by stereo DOV and their % frequency of occurrence (total

number of transects = 108). Species targeted by fishers (i.e. sought or taken when caught; T) and

non-targeted species (NT) are indicated.

Family Species Name Common Name Targeted*

Frequency

Aplodactylidae Aplodactylus westralis Western Sea Carp NT 1.85 Apogonidae Apogon victoriae Red-striped Cardinalfish NT 1.85 Atherinidae Unidentified Baitfish NT 0.93 Caesioscorpidae Caesioscorpis theagenes Fusilier Sweep NT 0.93 Chaetodontidae Chelmonops curiosus Truncate Coralfish NT 18.52 Heniochus acuminatus Reef Bannerfish NT 0.93 Cheilodactylidae Cheilodactylus nigripes Magpie Perch NT 1.85 Cheliodactylus gibbosus Crested Morwong NT 6.48 Cheliodactylus rubrolabiatus Red-lipped Morwong NT 12.04 Dactylophora nigricans Dusky Morwong NT 2.78 Enoplosidae Enoplosus armatus Old Wife NT 4.63 Kyphosidae Girella zebra Zebra Fish NT 2.78 Kyphosus cornelii Western Buffalo Bream NT 11.11 Kyphosus sydneyanus Silver Drummer NT 30.56 Labridae Austrolabrus maculatus Black-spotted Wrasse NT 2.78 Choerodon rubescens Baldchin Groper T 0.93 Coris auricularis Western King Wrasse T 20.37 Ophthalmolepis lineolatus Maori Wrasse NT 4.63 Pictilabrus laticlavius Senator Wrasse NT 1.85 Pseudolabrus biserialis Red-banded Wrasse NT 7.41 Notolabrus parilus Brown-spotted Wrasse T 49.07 Unidentified Wrasse NT 1.85 Monacanthidae Penicipelta vittiger Toothbrush Leatherjacket NT 0.93 Monodactylidae Schuettea woodwardi Woodwards Pomfret NT 0.93 Odacidae Odax cyanomelas Herring Cale NT 11.11 Ostraciidae Anoplocapros robustus Blue Boxfish NT 1.85 Pempheridae Pempheris spp. Bullseye spp. NT 23.15 Plesiopidae Trachinops brauni Blue-lined Prettyfin NT 1.85 Trachinops noarlungae Yellow-headed Prettyfin NT 0.93 Pomacentridae Chromis klunzingeri Black-headed Puller NT 1.85 Parma bicolor Bicolour Scalyfin NT 1.85 Parma mccullochi Common Scalyfin NT 66.67 Parma occidentalis Western Scalyfin NT 26.85 Parma victoriae Victorian Scalyfin NT 0.93 Pomadasyidae Plectorhynchus Gold-spotted Sweetlips T 1.85 Scorpididae Microcanthus strigatus Stripey NT 1.85

Page 207: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

193

Family Species Name Common Name Targeted* Frequency

Neatypus obliquus Footballer Sweep NT 5.56 Scorpis aequipinnis Sea Sweep NT 3.70 Scorpis georgianus Banded Sweep NT 9.26 Sillaginidae Sillago vittata Western School Whiting T 0.93 Sparidae Rhabdosargus sarba Tarwhine T 2.78 Tetraodontidae Torquigener pleurogramma Common Blowfish NT 2.78 Trachichthyidae Trachichthys australis Roughy NT 3.70 * Information provided by the Department of Fisheries, Western Australia

Page 208: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

194

APPENDIX C Fish species surveyed by baited remote underwater stereo-video, Chapter 3

List of the 49 fish species surveyed by stereo BRUV and their % frequency of occurrence (total

number of drops = 54). Species targeted by fishers (i.e. sought or taken when caught; T) and non-

targeted species (NT) are indicated.

Family Species Name Common Name Targeted* Frequency

Aplodactylidae Aplodactylus westralis Westerrn Sea Carp NT 1.85 Apogonidae Apogon victoriae Red-striped Cardinalfish NT 1.85 Arripidae Arripis georgianus Australian Herring T 5.56 Carangidae Pseudocaranx dentex Skipjack Trevally T 5.56 Seriola hippos Samson Fish T 3.70 Chaetodontidae Chelmonops curiosus Truncate Coralfish NT 5.56 Cheilodactylidae Cheliodactylus Red Lipped Morwong NT 1.85 Dactylophora nigricans Dusky Morwong NT 1.85 Cheliodactylus gibbosus Crested Morwong NT 3.70 Dasyatididae Dasyatis brevicaudata Smooth Stingray NT 5.56 Enoplosidae Enoplosus armatus Old Wife NT 3.70 Heterodontidae Heterodontus portusjacksoni Port Jackson Shark T 3.70 Kyphosidae Girella tephraeops Western Rock Blackfish NT 1.85 Girella zebra Zebra Fish NT 3.70 Kyphosus cornelii Western Buffalo Bream NT 24.07 Kyphosidae Kyphosus sydneyanus Silver Drummer NT 44.44 Labridae Austrolabrus maculatus Black-spotted Wrasse NT 29.63 Achoerodus gouldii Western Blue Groper T 1.85 Coris auricularis Western King Wrasse T 81.48 Halichoeres brownfieldi Brownfield’s Wrasse NT 1.85 Ophthalmolepis lineolatus Maori Wrasse NT 29.63 Pictilabrus laticlavius Senator Wrasse NT 29.63 Pseudolabrus biserialis Red-banded Wrasse NT 7.41 Notolabrus parilus Brown-spotted Wrasse T 90.74 Monacanthidae Meuschenia hippocrepis Horseshoe Leatherjacket T 20.37 Acanthaluteres Bridled Leatherjacket T 1.85 Meuschenia galii Blue-lined Leatherjacket NT 3.70 Mullidae Upeneichthys vlamingii Blue-spotted Goatfish T 5.56 Muraenidae Gymnothorax prasinus Brown Reef Eel NT 3.70 Gymothorax woodwardi Woodward's Reef Eel NT 7.41 Myliobatidae Myliobatis australis Eagle Ray NT 11.11 Nemipteridae Pentapodus vitta Butterfish T 1.85 Odacidae Odax acroptilus Rainbow Fish NT 5.56 Odacidae Odax cyanomelas Herring Cale NT 25.93 Parascyllidae Parascyllium variolatum Varied Catshark NT 1.85 Pempheridae Pempheris spp. Bullseye spp. NT 9.26 Pomacentridae Chromis klunzingeri Black-headed Puller NT 12.96

Parma mccullochi Common Scalyfin NT 83.33

Page 209: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

195

Family Species Name Common Name Targeted* Frequency

Pomadasyidae Plectorhynchus Gold-spotted Sweetlips T 1.85 Rhinobatidae Trygonorhina fasciata Southern Fiddler NT 1.85 Scorpididae Scorpis aequipinnis Sea Sweep NT 3.70 Scorpis georgianus Banded Sweep NT 25.93 Scyliorhinidae Aulohalaelurus labiosus Black-spotted Catshark NT 5.56 Serranidae Acanthistius serratus Western Wirrah NT 5.56 Epinephelides armatus Breaksea Cod T 5.56 Sparidae Rhabdosargus sarba Tarwhine T 1.85 Teraponidae Pelates sexlineatus Striped Trumpeter NT 1.85 Tetraodontidae Torquigener pleurogramma Common Blowfish NT 14.81 Urolophidae Trygonoptera ovalis Striped Stingaree NT 18.52

* Information provided by the Department of Fisheries, Western Australia

Page 210: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

196

APPENDIX D List of surveyed macroalgae species, Chapter 4

List of the 46 macroalgae species surveyed and their % frequency of occurrence (total number of

transects = 72)

Division

Family

Species

Frequency

Rhodophyta Corallinaceae Amphiroa anceps 27.78 Rhodophyta Rhodomelaceae Acanthophora dendroides 1.39 Rhodophyta Corallinaceae Amphiroa gracilis 6.94 Chlorophyta Cladophoraceae Apjohnia laetevirens 1.39 Rhodophyta Rhodymeniaceae Botryocladia lucida 2.78 Rhodophyta Rhodymeniaceae Botryocladia sonderi 11.11 Rhodophyta Solieriaceae Callophycus oppositifolius 1.39 Rhodophyta Kallymeniaceae Callophyllis rangiferina 4.17 Chlorophyta Caulerpaceae Caulerpa cactoides 1.39 Chlorophyta Caulerpaceae Caulerpa distichophylla 4.17 Chlorophyta Caulerpaceae Caulerpa racemosa 6.94 Chlorophyta Caulerpaceae Caulerpa scalpelliformis 5.56 Rhodophyta Delesseriaceae Chauviniella corifolia 4.17 Rhodophyta Cystocloniaceae Craspedocarpus blepharicarpus 2.78 Rhodophyta Cystocloniaceae Craspedocarpus sp.1 1.39 Rhodophyta Gracilariaceae Curdiea obesa 20.83 Rhodophyta Rhodomelaceae Dasyclonium incisum 1.39 Rhodophyta Rhodomelaceae Dictyomenia sonderi 15.28 Rhodophyta Rhodomelaceae Dicytomenia tridens 1.39 Heterokontophyta Alariaceae Ecklonia radiata 100.00 Rhodophyta Ceramiaceae Euptilota articulata 8.33 Rhodophyta Ceramiaceae Euptilota sp.1 1.39 Rhodophyta Faucheaceae Gioiocladia halymenioides 2.78 Chlorophyta Udoteaceae Halimeda cuneata 2.78 Rhodophyta Halymeniaceae Halymenia floresia 5.56 Rhodophyta Delesseriaceae Haraldiophyllum erosum 13.89 Rhodophyta Acrotylaceae Hennedya crispa 5.56 Rhodophyta Dasyaceae Heterosiphonia callithamnion 1.39 Rhodophyta Hypneaceae Hypnea sp.1 48.61 Rhodophyta Delesseriaceae Hypoglossum sp.1 1.39 Rhodophyta Kallymeniaceae Kallymenia cribrosa 43.06 Rhodophyta Rhodomelaceae Laurencia sp.1 2.78 Heterokontophyta Dictyotaceae Lobophira variegata 15.28 Heterokontophyta Dictyotaceae Lobospira bicuspidata 26.39 Rhodophyta Corallinaceae Metamastophora falbellata 11.11 Rhodophyta Peyssonneliaceae Peysonnelia capensis 4.17 Rhodophyta Plocamiaceae Plocamium preissanum 15.28 Rhodophyta Rhizophyllidaceae Portieria hornemannii 1.39 Rhodophyta Gelidiaceae Pterocladia lucida 73.61

Page 211: Small, no-take marine protected areas and wave exposure ...€¦ · were observed only at sanctuaries, with the exception of one individual that was observed in the fished area. The

197

Division

Family

Species

Frequency

Rhodophyta Gelidiaceae Pterocladia rectangularis 51.39 Rhodophyta Kallymeniaceae Rhodymenia sonderi 95.83 Heterokontophyta Sargassaceae Sargassum (arthrophycus) 25.00 Heterokontophyta Sargassaceae Sargassum (sargassum) 55.56 Turf 72.22 Chlorophyta Ulvaceae Ulva spp. 61.11 Unidentified sp. 1 2.78


Recommended